ThereAreNoSunglasses

American Resistance To Empire

Reality Of Gaza Famine–GRAPHIC PHOTOS WARNING

GRAPHIC PHOTOS WARNING: The following highly distressing images depict death and severe malnourishment.

Yazan al-Kafarneh, a 10-year-old Palestinian boy, receives medical treatment at Abu Yusuf al-Najjar Hospital in Rafah, Gaza, on Feb. 28. Yazan died of severe malnourishment in Rafah on March 4.

Yazan al-Kafarneh, a 10-year-old Palestinian boy, receives medical treatment at Abu Yusuf al-Najjar Hospital in Rafah, Gaza, on Feb. 28. Yazan died of severe malnourishment in Rafah on March 4.  Jehad Alshrafi/Anadolu via Getty Images

 

Palestinian Boy In Photos That Showed Reality Of Gaza Famine Dies Of Malnourishment

Yazan al-Kafarneh, 10, is one of the latest children in Gaza to die of severe malnourishment as Israel blocks aid from entering the territory.

Yazan al-Kafarneh, a Palestinian boy whose emaciated appearance offered the world a stark illustration of Gaza’s accelerating starvation crisis, has become one of the latest children in the territory to die of severe malnourishment.

Yazan was receiving medical treatment with the few resources available at Abu Yusuf al-Najjar Hospital in Gaza’s southernmost city of Rafah, where more than a million displaced Palestinians are trying to survive without adequate shelter or food.

Graphic photos taken on Feb. 28 and March 2, which appear below, show Yazan emaciated and bedridden while covered in blankets and receiving fluids intravenously. The photos were reposted online by activists, journalists and pro-Palestinian accounts, showing the reality of a humanitarian catastrophe in Gaza born out of Israel’s ongoing offensive and monthslong blockade of aid deliveries.

Yazan died of malnourishment on Monday, Al Jazeera reported. He was 10.

“This child had turned into a skeleton in this war before he died,” Muhammed al-Kafarneh, a relative of Yazan, told Al Jazeera in a video interview on Monday, as Yazan’s body was being cleaned and prepared for burial in the background.

“Hunger ravaged his body. This child was suffering from several diseases,” al-Kafarneh said. “The war came and took away all the basic components that could give him life.”

Yazan’s family was originally living in north Gaza ― which is facing its own starvation crisis ― before Israeli strikes displaced them several times. In a video on Instagram, Yazan’s father, sitting beside his emaciated son, shared a photo, taken a week before Israel began its offensive, of Yazan smiling and not visibly malnourished.

Hoping to find better health care for Yazan, who had cerebral palsy, the family arrived in Rafah. But despite his efforts, Yazan’s father could not locate the food, water or medicine his son needed to survive.

“We found nothing, so he was met with a slow and painful death,” Muhammed al-Kafarneh told Al Jazeera. “The barbaric war and the oppressive actions of the Israeli occupation against the children of Gaza and its civilians must be stopped.”

North Gaza itself is experiencing even less access to aid, with public order falling apart as Palestinians become desperate for food, water and other basic necessities. UNICEF said Sunday that at least 10 children have died due to dehydration and malnutrition in the north’s Kamal Adwan Hospital in recent days.

“These tragic and horrific deaths are man-made, predictable and entirely preventable,” Adele Khodr, UNICEF’s regional director for the Middle East and North Africa, said in a statement.

Malnutrition screenings conducted in the north by UNICEF and the World Food Program in January found that nearly 16% of children under 2 years of age were acutely malnourished, while similar screenings in Rafah found 5% of children in the same age range experiencing malnutrition.

“The sense of helplessness and despair among parents and doctors in realizing that lifesaving aid, just a few kilometres away, is being kept out of reach, must be as unbearable, but worse still are the anguished cries of those babies slowly perishing under the world’s gaze,” Khodr said. “The lives of thousands more babies and children depend on urgent action being taken now.”

Following an Oct. 7 attack by Hamas militants, in which some 1,200 people were killed and roughly another 250 were taken hostage, Israel has barred entry of food, water, medicine and other supplies into Gaza, aside from a small amount of aid entering from the south. Some aid groups have said their deliveries are also being delayed due to Israeli forces firing at their trucks.

The U.S. airdropped dozens of food bundles over Gaza on Saturday, even as it continues to assist the country blocking the aid in the first place. The airdrop occurred two days after Israeli forces killed more than 100 Palestinians trying to access aid on the first major delivery to north Gaza in a month, resulting in widespread anger at the Israeli military and its biggest ally, the U.S. government.

Janti Soeripto, CEO of aid organization Save the Children, said Monday that “the conditions to provide humanitarian assistance to children in Gaza are not only not being met but are getting worse.”

“We have been calling for more crossings, more opening hours, more capacity to check trucks and pass them through, not have trucks be off and unloaded again four or five times,” Soeripto told NPR. “These are all fairly straightforward ways to make the logistics of this operation much easier, less painful and more effective. And none of these have been taken up so far.”

In addition to the airdrops, U.S. President Joe Biden said he wants to open a maritime corridor for aid “and expand deliveries by land.” A U.S. official told HuffPost’s Akbar Shahid Ahmed on Sunday that aides anticipated incidents like the aid convoy shooting ― now widely being described as the “flour massacre” ― but that they still don’t expect Biden to pressure Israel in a way that actually helps Gazans.

“Pushing Israel to allow food in is totally off the table,” the official said, resulting in Biden’s pursuit of “low-yield PR stunts” like airdrops of aid and the idea of a maritime corridor.

“We direct our message to the international community and the free people of the world: What are you waiting for? At least guarantee the right to life for children,” Muhammed al-Kafarneh told Al Jazeera. “You claim to be just and righteous. What are you waiting for? We have reached famine. Not only that, but a complete catastrophe.”

GRAPHIC PHOTOS WARNING: The following highly distressing images depict death and severe malnourishment.

Yazan al-Kafarneh, a 10-year-old Palestinian boy, receives medical treatment with limited resources at Abu Yusuf al-Najjar Hospital in Rafah, Gaza, on Feb. 28. Yazan died of severe malnourishment on March 4.

Yazan al-Kafarneh, a 10-year-old Palestinian boy, receives medical treatment with limited resources at Abu Yusuf al-Najjar Hospital in Rafah, Gaza, on Feb. 28. Yazan died of severe malnourishment on March 4.
Jehad Alshrafi/Anadolu via Getty Images

Yazan had cerebral palsy due to an insufficient supply of oxygen at the time of his birth. He was receiving treatment at a Rafah hospital that specializes in providing care to children who suffer from malnutrition and a shortage of medication.

Yazan had cerebral palsy due to an insufficient supply of oxygen at the time of his birth. He was receiving treatment at a Rafah hospital that specializes in providing care to children who suffer from malnutrition and a shortage of medication.  Mohammed Talatene/picture alliance via Getty Images

NYT Documents CIA/USGOV Creation of “Russian ‘UNPROVOKED’ Invasion of Ukraine”

[Continuing CIA/Presidential deception/aggression patterns that were formerly known as the “Cold War” (unprovoked, unconfirmed American-sponsored terrorist attacks upon Russia and its allies), the CIA terrorists sowed the seeds of an inevitable Russian invasion of Ukraine.  By creating situations and atmosphere, where Russian leaders were to be forced to choose between starting WWIII outright or totally surrendering to CIA demands, the world has been forced into walking a tightrope over the nuclear abyss for at least 5 decades. For the past 50 years, starting with the Afghan invasion, the CIA has trusted Russian leaders to be sane men who would never allow themselves to be manipulated into starting that last great nuclear war, no matter what the White House’s private army does to them.  

Now that Ukraine has been destroyed and Russia’s military depleted, the CIA seems fully prepared, even eager to actually cause the Russian leaders to make that fatal choice of risking the Big One, in order to avoid national extinction.  There is no other explanation for our current untenable situation, or the fact that the CIA allowed, even helped the NYT produce this seeming embarrassment for the spy/terrorist agency. 

The CIA is obviously proud of what they have wrought in secret in Ukraine and can’t wait till its over to brag of their exploits.
Obama/Trump/Biden helped and encouraged the CIA to start this war, which is really against all of Europe, even though Euro Govts. helped Biden to start it in Ukraine.]–Peter Chamberlin

NYT: “12 secret spy bases” in Ukraine show depth of CIA support

The New York Times has revealed the CIA’s covert support for Ukraine, secretly training and equipping intelligence officers over 8 years and constructing 12 bases along the Russian border.

NYT: 12 secret spy bases in Ukraine show depth of CIA support

The symbol of the Central Intelligence Agency pictured over the USA Flag Photo: Depositphotos

The New York Times has revealed the extent of the CIA’s covert support for Ukraine in a deep investigative report. Over the past 8 years, the agency has secretly trained and equipped Ukrainian intelligence officers, constructing a network of 12 bases along the Russian border.

This cooperation has proven tremendously valuable right from the start.

“Before the war, Ukraine provided intercepts proving Russia’s role in the 2014 downing of MH17. They also helped pursue Russians who meddled in the 2016 US election,” the NYT stated.

Around 2016, the CIA began training an elite Ukrainian commando unit that captured Russian drones and gear to crack Moscow’s encryption. A key officer was Kyrylo Budanov, now head of Ukraine’s military intelligence.

The CIA also helped train Ukrainian spies to operate in Russia, Europe, and elsewhere with major Russian presence.

“Now these intelligence networks are increasingly at risk: If Republicans in Congress end military funding to Kyiv, the C.I.A. may have to scale back,” warns the NYT.

CIA Director William Burns made a secret 10th visit to Ukraine in February to reassure Ukrainian leaders.

The CIA-Ukraine partnership traces back to 2014 when Ukraine’s pro-Western government took power after then-President of Ukraine Viktor Yanukovych fled to Russia. Spy chief Valentyn Nalyvaichenko proposed a three-way partnership with the CIA and MI6.

A cautious start

But the Obama administration moved slowly to avoid provoking Moscow. White House rules barred lethal aid to Ukraine.

“The result was a delicate balancing act. The C.I.A. was supposed to strengthen Ukraine’s intelligence agencies without provoking the Russians. The red lines were never precisely clear, which created a persistent tension in the partnership,” stated the NYT.

In Kyiv, spy chief Nalyvaichenko picked aide General Kondratiuk to head counterintelligence. They created a paramilitary unit that conducted operations and gathered intelligence the CIA/MI6 wouldn’t provide.

Operation Goldfish

In 2016, the CIA began sending encrypted radios and devices for intercepting communications. The CIA oversaw Operation Goldfish – training to teach Ukrainian officers to assume fake personas and steal Russian secrets.

The Operation Goldfish officers were soon deployed to 12 newly-built, forward operating bases constructed along the Russian border. From each base the Ukrainian officers ran networks of agents who gathered intelligence inside Russia. Graduates trained sleeper agents for guerrilla operations if occupied.

When Ukraine discovered Russia deploying attack helicopters in Crimea, Gen. Kondratiuk sent a team led by Lt. Col. Budanov to plant explosives, without CIA permission. Disguised as Russians, they crossed the gulf but were awaited by Russian commandos. After casualties on both sides, the team retreated.

The fallout cost Kondratiuk his job but Ukraine didn’t back down. One day after Kondratiuk’s removal, a mysterious explosion in Russian-occupied Donetsk ripped through an elevator carrying senior Russian separatist commander Motorola, killing him.

Trump factor

Trump’s 2016 election put Ukraine and the CIA on edge, but his Russia hawks Pompeo and Bolton visited Kyiv to underscore support, expanding training and bases.

The successful partnership led the CIA to want to replicate it with other European agencies countering Russia.

In late 2022, the CIA and MI6 warned Ukraine that Russia was planning a full invasion to decapitate the government and install a Kremlin puppet. At CIA Director Burns’ urging, a small group of officers remained in the hotel in western Ukraine after the US evacuation.

No Endgame

After the invasion, CIA officers at the hotel were the only US presence, passing intel to Ukraine daily. Restrictions on lethal support were lifted.

“The old handcuffs were off, and the Biden White House authorized spy agencies to provide intelligence support for lethal operations against Russian forces on Ukrainian soil,” states the NYT.

When Russia’s Kyiv assault stalled, the CIA returned and sent in more officers.

In July 2022, Ukraine’s spies reported Russian convoys crossing a key bridge. CIA/MI6 quickly verified via satellite, allowing Ukraine to destroy the convoys with rockets.

A CIA official said Director Burns’ recent Kyiv visit signals the US commitment to Ukraine will continue.

Read more:

The World Is Finally Understanding That “Zionism” Has Always Been A Plan To Remove ALL PALESTINIANS from the Land of Palestine

 

Riyad Al-Maliki, minister of Foreign Affairs of the Palestinian National Authority, center, gives a statement outside the Peace Palace after the United Nations’ highest court opened historic hearings, in The Hague, Netherlands, February 19, 2024. [AP Photo/Peter Dejong]

The United States government vetoed another United Nations Security Council resolution calling for a “ceasefire” in Israel’s onslaught on Gaza yesterday. This is the third time the Biden administration has exercised its unilateral veto power to shield Israel’s ongoing war of annihilation against the civilian population of Gaza.

The fifteen-member Security Council was established after the Second World War with the power to enforce the UN charter, regulate military action and impose sanctions against member states. It consists of fifteen members, five of which are “permanent” and have the power to unilaterally veto any resolution: China, France, Russia, the UK, and the US.

Since October, nearly 30,000 Palestinians have been killed in the Israeli onslaught on Gaza, 8,000 are missing, and 70,000 have been injured, many catastrophically. These figures are likely underestimates. As many as 1.9 million people, or four out of every five individuals in the entire Gaza strip, have become homeless as Israeli forces systematically lay waste to entire urban areas with massively destructive weapons. The survivors are being forced into smaller and smaller areas, where they are relentlessly massacred and terrorized by Israeli warplanes and snipers as supplies of food and medicine run out.

The deliberate mass murder of Palestinian civilians in Gaza continues in defiance of world public opinion as well as a ceasefire resolution that was passed by a more than three-quarters majority in the UN General Assembly itself in December.

Nor have Israel, the United States, or their NATO allies been deterred by findings in January by the International Court of Justice (ICJ), the highest judicial body under the UN charter, that Israel’s operations in Gaza could “plausibly” fall under the 1948 Genocide Convention.

As a pretext for voting against the latest ceasefire resolution yesterday, the Biden administration put forward a proposed alternative version of the resolution that was so vaguely worded as to be unintelligible. It evidently called for a “temporary ceasefire in Gaza as soon as practicable” and disapproved of Israel’s plans to storm Rafah, where a million people have sought refuge, “under current circumstances.”

At the same time as the US exercised its veto power on the Security Council, separate legal proceedings were underway in the ICJ that underscored the extent to which Israel has been flouting international law for decades in its drive to illegally occupy and annex Palestinian territory.

Unlike the pending case before the ICJ that attracted global attention last month, accusing Israel of violating the Genocide Convention, the proceedings this week were part of a separate earlier “advisory proceeding” originating from a UN General Assembly resolution passed at the end of December 2022.

This resolution asked the ICJ, seated in The Hague (Netherlands), to address what “legal consequences” should arise “from the ongoing violation by Israel of the right of the Palestinian people to self-determination, from its prolonged occupation, settlement and annexation of the Palestinian territory occupied since 1967, including measures aimed at altering the demographic composition, character and status of the Holy City of Jerusalem, and from its adoption of related discriminatory legislation and measures?”

As part of that case, the presentations on behalf of Palestine this week involved a precise exposition of the historical record. These presentations established that fully half the Palestinian people were “massacred or driven off their land in the 1948 Nakba,” after which their land “was partitioned and half of it allocated to a new state that promptly extended it to 78 per cent by brute force. In 1967 … Israel commenced its still-continuing occupation of the entirety of the remaining Palestinian territory.”

This process of incremental ethnic cleansing has continued to the present day, and “nowhere is this seen more clearly than in the number of illegal settlers residing in the Occupied Palestinian Territory, which has grown from roughly 424,000 in 2004 to some 700,000 settlers today.” These fascistic armed groups of settlers perpetrate violence against Palestinians with impunity, enjoying the protection of the Israeli military and the sanction of the Israeli state.

This conduct is plainly illegal on its face according to the same international legal principles that the United States, for example, invokes against Russia: it constitutes occupation and annexation of territory by unilateral force, in violation of the UN charter as well as the purported principles of self-determination and national sovereignty.

This history of violations of international law by Israel is so well-established that it was essentially taken for granted both in the underlying UN resolution and throughout the ICJ proceedings. In the year 2022, for example, the UN passed more resolutions condemning Israel’s violations of international law than all other countries combined.

Notwithstanding token references by successive US administrations to a purported “two-state solution,” the presentations on behalf of Palestine this week exhaustively established that ambitions to extend Israeli domination over the entirety of the area “from the Jordan River to the Mediterranean Sea” have never been a secret in Israeli politics.

Israel’s Cabinet Secretary Yossi Fuchs wrote in June of last year, referring to the occupied territories of Jerusalem and the West Bank by biblical designations: “Judea and Samaria were not seized from a sovereign state recognized by international law, and the State of Israel has a right to impose its sovereignty over these areas as they comprise the cradle of history of the Jewish people and are an inseparable part of the Land of Israel.”

In August of last year, in a message broadcast on Israel’s Army Radio, Israel’s Heritage Minister stated: “Sovereignty must be extended within the borders of the West Bank . . . to create international recognition that this place is ours.”

The far-right Israeli Minister of Finance Bezalel Smotrich, himself an illegal settler, went so far as to state in March of last year that “there’s no such thing as a Palestinian people.” Previously, he had stated, “We are here to stay. We will make it clear that our national ambition for a Jewish State from the river to the sea is an accomplished fact, a fact not open to discussion or negotiation.”

The historical facts presented at the ICJ are an overwhelming refutation of the efforts to present Israel’s ongoing operations in Gaza as a response to the events of October 7. In reality, the Israeli government did everything in its power to incite the desperate October 7 uprising by means of relentless provocations over a long period, while at the same time standing down its own troops in order to guarantee a pretext for setting in motion longstanding plans to impose Israeli sovereignty over the entirety of Gaza.

The presentations at the ICJ, in particular, expose all of the efforts to brand the Palestinian slogan “from the river to the sea” as antisemitic as a tendentious inversion of reality.

Unlike the proceedings that took place last month, in which the US government remained largely the subject only of tactful references, the Biden administration was directly subjected to humiliating rebuttals at the ICJ this week. “Whatever offences against international law Israel commits, the United States comes forward to shield it from accountability,” declared Paul Reichler, an American lawyer and member of the bar of the US Supreme Court, on behalf of Palestine.

In its written submissions to the ICJ, Reichler said, Israel did not even bother to argue for the legality of its own conduct, instead accusing all of its critics of antisemitic bias. Even the US government could not bring itself to argue for the legality of Israel’s occupation and annexation of Palestinian territory, instead insisting that “it is neither lawful nor unlawful.” In addition to Israel and the US, the only other country to file a brief in support of Israel was Fiji.

Reichler ridiculed the Biden administration’s position, which is tantamount to a denial that there is any such thing as international law at all. “Only in such a lawless—and United Nations Charter-less—world could the Israeli occupation be described,” Reichler said, as “not unlawful.”

Reichler’s scorching rebuttal recalls the famous words of US Supreme Court justice Robert Jackson at the Nuremberg trials. Referring to the high-level Nazi war criminals seated across the room from him, Jackson declared: “these men are surprised that this is the law; they really are surprised that there is any such thing as law. These defendants did not rely on any law at all. Their program ignored and defied all law…. International law, natural law, German law, any law at all was to these men simply a propaganda device to be invoked when it helped and to be ignored when it would condemn what they wanted to do.”

The same words apply with full force to the perpetrators of genocide in the 21st century, including not just Netanyahu and his entire regime, but their blood-soaked accomplices in Washington, London, Paris and Berlin.

The proceedings at the ICJ over the past two months fully expose the pretensions of the US-led NATO alliance to be upholding a so-called “rules-based international order” as it threatens, bombs, and sanctions its way around the world in pursuit of global hegemony. When that same “rules-based order” is invoked against a US ally that is committing genocide in broad daylight, the NATO-aligned diplomats blink their eyes: “Rules-based order, you say? Never heard of it.”

America’s veto of the ceasefire resolution, together with its defense of Israel’s genocide before the ICJ, will be massively unpopular around the world and in particular within the US itself. According to a recent Economist/YouGov poll, out of 18-29-year-olds in the US, 49 percent answered “yes” that Israel is carrying out a genocide in Gaza, compared with 24 percent responding “no.” Among those of all ages who voted for Biden in 2020, 50 percent said “yes,” compared with 20 percent responding “no.”

The US media, which is downplaying if not blacking out entirely the proceedings in the UN, is for its part currently engaged in a coordinated propaganda campaign focused on whipping up antipathy towards the “undemocratic” Russian government. But if there is a government in the world whose total imperviousness to the sentiments of its own population stands out at the moment, it is the regime headed by Biden, not Putin.

No confidence can be placed in the institutions of the UN to bring the war criminals to justice, disarm the perpetrators and compensate the victims. The ICJ proceedings this week are part of a protracted legal process that is “advisory” in nature only, and which may not even reach a decision for several more months.

Tellingly, last Friday, the ICJ rejected a request by South Africa in the Genocide Convention case for more urgent measures to restrain Israeli forces as they prepared to storm Rafah, instead simply restating Israel’s existing obligations under international law—knowing full well that Israel will ignore these admonitions at it has been ignoring similar admonitions for decades.

As Netanyahu himself said last month in a televised address, the onslaught will continue regardless of what decisions the ICJ may ultimately reach. “No one will stop us—not The Hague, not the Axis of Evil and no one else. It is possible and necessary to continue until victory and we will do it.”

“Tower 22” in Jordan, Al-Tanf in Syria

“Tower 22”, US drone base in Jordan, site of Iranian militia drone attack, which killed 3 and wounded approx. 40 US troops.

Al-Tanf Garrison, illegal US military base in occupied Syria, approx. 15-20 miles from “Tower 22”.

Back into the Shadows? The Future of Kata’ib Hezbollah and Iran’s Other Proxies in Iraq

OCTOBER 2020, VOLUME 13, ISSUE 10,  MICHAEL KNIGHTS

“there is also an underlying KH-dominated zone (which the group calls the KH Jazeera Operations Command) that spans the Jurf-Akashat-Qaim area.
Western Anbar and Albu Kamal Bases for KH
KH has worked hard to develop its presence in Anbar, an area to which it is entirely alien as there is virtually no Shi`a population there. KH has been deploying to western Anbar since 2013, and has used the area to reach Syrian battlefields.189 Though Anbar is theoretically under the command of both a three-star military headquarters (Anbar Operations Command) and the PMF (West Anbar Operations Command or axis), there is also an underlying KH-dominated zone (which the group calls the KH Jazeera Operations Command) that spans the Jurf-Akashat-Qaim area.190 In this area, KH has invested great effort in removing adversaries (for instance, ousting the Anbar Operations Command leader, and both customs posts at the Akashat and Qaim end) and building up covert influence networks.191 KH has developed a large informant and influence network in Anbar that spans the Anbar Operations Command, Anbar Police, National Security Service, provincial and district officials, and the 8th and 14th Iraq army divisions.192

The western Anbar bases of KH and closely allied militias were detailed in an August 2019 study for CTC Sentinel by this author.193 It consists of two sub-sectors: the eastern Al-Qaim border crossing on the Euphrates, facing the Albu Kamal areas in Syria,194 and the western Akashat sub-sector (headquartered in Rutbah).195 The main KH headquarters in Al-Qaim is the base for PMF brigade 45, the praetorian KH fighting force, and was struck by U.S. forces on December 29, 2019, killing the PMF brigade 45 commander, Kadhim Alwan (Abu Ali al-Dibi).196 KH forces (mainly from PMF brigade 46) control Highway 20 (which parallels the Iraq-Syria border be­tween the two sub-sectors,197 and ranches between the highway and the border.198 bt These rural areas, close to the Iraq-Syria oil pipeline corridor (and its coaxial road), are used to move missile or rocket forces to Syria.199 (Of note, an earlier August 25, 2019, airstrike (apparently Israeli) struck moving vehicles that were positioned about halfway between two of the sites hit later by the United States on December 29, 2019, underlining Israel’s intense focus on the chain of bases.200)

Immediately over the border, a few kilometers west of the Husaybah customs point and linked by dedicated tracks, is KH’s Imam Ali base, just outside the Syrian town of Albu Kamal.bu After the Aleppo campaign at the end of 2016, KH-Syrian Front concentrated its military efforts in Syria on the Deir ez-Zor area and the town of Albu Kamal, which was captured from the Islamic State in September 2017.201 On June 18, 2018, Israel struck KH in Albu Kamal for the first time, hitting the original KH headquarters close to the border,202 and then struck the Imam Ali base on September 8, 2019,203 January 5, 2020,204 and March 11, 2020.205 The latter strike hit 15 structures in the broader Albu Kamal area, including warehouses at the Imam Ali base, another KH site in the industrial quarter, two Fatimiyoun sites, and Hezbollah Harakat al-Nujaba base in Albu Kamal town, and two Kata’ib Sayyid al-Shuhada base just southeast of Albu Kamal town.206 According to press reporting based on satellite imagery, the Imam Ali base may have significant underground facilities, including perhaps a tunnel to the Iraqi side of the border.207 In Mayadin, 50 miles north of Albu Kamal, KH is reported to have other warehouses at a site called al-Haydaria.208″

 

 

KOENIG REPORT/MEMORANDUM, (reposted 1-19-24)

[This vital report on the true nature of the Zionist occupation of Palestine has been deleted from this site 3 times…here it is again..ed.]

KOENIG REPORT/MEMORANDUM

The Koenig Memorandum

1 March 1976

This memorandum, proposing changes in Israeli policy toward the Arabs in Israel, was written by Israel Koenig, the Northern District (Galilee) Commissioner of the Ministry of the Interior, and reportedly submitted to Prime Minister Yitzhaq Rabin as a secret document. Signed four weeks before “Land Day” (the general strike and demonstrations organized by the Palestinians in Israel on 30 March), the document is complemented by a secondary report including the lessons drawn by Koenig soon after the event.  Al Hamishmar, a daily newspaper affiliated with the MAPAM party, published the two parts of the document on 7 September 1976.

TOP SECRET: MEMORANDUM – PROPOSAL ­

HANDLING THE ARABS OF ISRAEL

PROPOSAL NO. 1

GENERAL:

1. Until a very short while ago it was accepted by those dealing with this part of Israel’s population that it had fully come to terms with the establishment of the State of Israel and that most of this [Arab] population had a high degree of identification with the state and had been drawn into its various frameworks. This, at least, was expressed by those who handle them, and by those close to the social centers of Arab residents and citizens of the state.

2. Recently, certain phenomena have occurred which have challenged these assumptions and which have seriously questioned the loyalty of a large part of them to the state and to its very existence.

Even though doubts about the ideas and ways of dealing with the Israeli Arabs have been expressed over the years for reasons that will be mentioned below, these were opposed to the accepted conception of the Arabists and rejected outright. It appears to us that it can no longer be disputed that there is room to discuss these “preconceptions” which have, until recently, served as guiding principles.

3. With the establishment of the state, the remnants of the Arab population in the country were left without a leadership. A minority was created which had to adapt itself to the reality of a Jewish state waging a war against its neighboring countries and proving its strength against them.

The military government, under whose aegis this population was placed, established the rule of “notables” and thus entered into the framework of Arab society which was built on family clans. The abolition of the military government caused the undermining of the authority of the “notables” and those whom they represented. The undermining of the individual’s dependence on the establishment -the military government–enabled the younger generation to feel the power that had come into its hands in a democratic society, and this also because of the passage of Arab society from an agricultural society to an industrial one with all the social implications of this.

Moreover, the “revolt” of the younger generation frequently forced the older generation to join the camp of the rebels and exposed the state as a target for their struggle, since the tools to insure their dependence on Jewish society had not been prepared. Moreover, we encouraged the letting off of steam by attempts to bring the rebels to our side by various “means.”

In the fifties, the Arab society was dependent from an economic point of view on the Jewish economy which had, in the course of time, been opened to the Arabs as a result of Jewish manual laborers having left it. This situation has created an affluent economic stratum, on which to a large extent, the economy of the country and its well­ being are dependent.

4. With the abolition of the military government the country put the affairs of the Arab population into the hands of those who spoke Arabic and who pulled out the violent elements and made them leaders while founding their status on their ability to obtain benefits for themselves and their families. This they did while ignoring the social problems in the Arab sector on the one hand, and lacking a long-term plan for the creation of an identity of a loyal Arab citizen on the other.

Those dealing with the Arab sector at all levels, political, military, police and civilian–their test was to familiarize themselves with the Arab mentality. Their thinking and practical ability was not always greater than that of the people with whom they were dealing, and dealing with their interests instead of maintaining their independent thinking and analytical abilities is a phenomenon that causes concern on the one hand, as opposed to the attempt to deal with this from the point of view of objective thought that insures the long- term Jewish national interests on the other hand .

5. In the northern district are concentrated most Israeli Arabs, whose sincerity and involvement among the Jewish population manifestly and prominently put into focus the problems that have already been created and the expectations in the near and distant future. One of the most worrying phenomena is the loss of patience of the average Jew toward the Arab citizen, and in certain cases a hostility can be felt, and any provocation might cause an uncontrollable explosion on both sides whose results might have negative consequences in Israel and especially abroad .

(See the decision of the student organization in Haifa not to perform guard duty because of the possibility given to Arab students to pay a guard fee.)

This catalyst containing powerful emotional residues among the Jewish population upsets the demographic balance in these areas, and this can be felt by and is a source of fear to each individual.

In the framework of this memorandum we will point to certain critical issues establishing the background, and, in conclusion, recommendations to solve the problems.

The problems to be discussed are:

a) The demographic problem and the manifestations of Arab nationalism.

b) The Arab leadership and its implications.

c) Economy and employment.

d) Education.

e) Implementing the law.

 

A. THE DEMOGRAPHIC PROBLEM AND THE MANIFESTATIONS OF ARAB NATIONALISM

1. The natural increase of the Arab population in Israel is 5.9 percent annually against a natural increase of 1.5 percent annually among the Jewish population.

This problem is particularly acute in the northern district where there is a large Arab population. In mid-1975 the Arab population of the northern district was 250,000 while the Jewish population was 289,000. A regional examination shows that in western Galilee the Arab population constitutes 67 percent of the total; in the region of Yizre’el the Arab population constitutes 48 percent of the total population . In 1974 only 759 Jews were added to the population of the northern district while the Arab population increased by 9,035. According to this rate of increase, by 1978 Arabs will constitute over 51 percent of the total population of that district.

The nationalists feel–as I do in regard to the Arab population-that the Arabs’ increase in the Galilee will endanger our control of that area and will create possibilities for military forces from the north to infiltrate into that area in proportion to the acceleration of the nationalistic process among Israeli Arabs and their willingness to help.

2. The Israeli Arab population has received a nationalistic momentum since the six -day war. The policy of free contact with the West Bank and the open bridges has renewed the contact between the Arabs of Judaea and Samaria and the Palestinians east of the Jordan River, and this has created the basis for a show of determination and slogans for a nationalist struggle in Israel. This process, which was inevitable, gained momentum after the Yom Kippur war and was further strengthened after the international political events which were manifested in the recognition of the PLO as the standard bearer of the struggle in regard to the Palestinian problem.

Recently there has been mention of the UN resolution about Israel’s borders in 1947 according to which significant parts of this piece of land are not to be included in the State of Israel.

The Israeli Arab is no longer passive and has gone over to nationalistic manifestations–only verbal at this stage–which have seen light in a number of events, the most striking of which were:

a) Events during the prime minister’s visit to Nazareth a year ago.

b) The shouting of slogans of solidarity with the PLO during student demonstrations and on other occasions.

c) The position of Arab students in the universities on the issue of guard duty.

d) The nationalistic manifestations in the voting in the Nazareth municipal elections on December 9, 1975.

e) The devious and unexpected call up of the inhabitants of Nazareth to help the municipality pay off pressing debts, which at that stage eased RAKAH’s burden on running the town.

f) A protest rally in Sakhnin on February 14, 1975 in which the head of Tamra’s local council announced that Israel should fear the Israeli Arabs more than it does the Arabs beyond its borders.

g) Decisions made at a convention in Nazareth on Saturday, March 6, 1976:

1) Declaration of a day’s strike by the whole Arab population in Israel called “the Day of the Land strike.”

2) A call to the Arab population not to cling to passive protests alone but to “protest by way of struggle until the bitter end…”

3) A hunger strike in front of the UN buildings, following the example of the protest on behalf of Russian Zionists.

4) “The government is residing in a glass house and we will be the first to hurl a stone and smash it.”

5) A statement by local council head Mi’ilya (Massad Qassis), who is considered a “positive” man, and who is a former MK from a list linked to the Alignment: “…What moral right has the government to carry out expropriations in this region which, according to the 1947 UN resolution concerning the partition of Eretz Yisra’el is not included in Eretz Yisra’el?”

This is a relatively new phenomenon and reflects the wish of a clear majority of these people to demonstrate against the establishment and the Israeli authorities even within the confines of a “pocket”–a very serious development in view of their past behavior.

The era of international victories by the Palestinians and the achievements of the nationalists in Israel point to a process of open confrontation with the Arab problem in Israel, a process which will grow as long as RAKAH carries the resistance to the establishment exclusively. (It must be remembered that “Israel” is not RAKAH’s major concern and this is not accidental.)

3. Forecast

a) The increase of the Arab population (from 150,000 in 1948 to over 430,000 in 1975) gives the Arab nationalists a feeling of power and a hope that time is working for them. This is especially true in an area like northern Israel where the physical Arab presence in contiguous areas represents a checking obstacle.

b) The usurping by RAKAH of “quasi­governmental” institutions, such as the local councils, creates a legitimate basis for a political nationalistic activity, both overt and clandestine, adopting methods that were in use by the Jewish community in the “pre-state era,” as well as worldwide communist methods. Actually, at this time there already exists a number of local councils completely controlled by RAKAH, and in our view, due to premeditated decisions. They are at this time not yet being exploited for the above-mentioned aims, but this is only due to a lack of sufficient executive cadres and the lack of necessary organizational facilities. In fact, the number of students in Eastern Europe from northern villages aided by RAKAH stipends is gradually increasing in our view, for the purpose of creating such cadres.

c) There is ground for serious apprehensions that within the next decade an Arab political and demographic takeover of the Acre and Nazareth areas will occur.

d) It must be taken into account that at one of the stages of the hostile political activities a demand of some kind will be raised to hold a referendum in northern Israel where the Arab population is in the majority.

This activity will be guided from outside, but its perpetrators are likely to be nationalistic leftists from among the local populace.

e) At some state a planned provocation by RAKAH and/ or by nationalists is possible in order to induce an outbreak of disturbances by uncontrolled Jewish elements–a situation likely to have the issue of Israeli Arabs raised at international forums, and concurrently, to maneuver the moderate Israeli Arab elements into a situation which forces them to identify themselves with extreme steps within Israel and outside it.

f) There are indications of an organized activity in the purchase of real estate by Arabs in the north. This activity is prominent in Upper Nazareth and in Acre, and is also causing concern in the Yisra’el Valley.

4. Suggestions

a) Expand and deepen Jewish settlement in areas where the contiguity of the Arab population is prominent, and where they number considerably more than the Jewish population ; examine the possibility of diluting existing Arab population concentrations.

Special attention must be paid to border areas in the country’s northwest and to the Nazareth region. The approach and exigency of performance have to deviate from the routine that has been adopted so far. Concurrently, the state law has to be enforced so as to limit “breaking of new ground” by Arab settlements in various areas of the country.

b) At the same time, a strong and solid Jewish leadership should be fostered in Upper Nazareth and in Acre capable of facing the expected crucial developments.

c) Introduce a policy of reward and punishment (within the framework of the law) for leaders and settlements that express hostility in any way toward the state and Zionism.

d) To deny RAKAH its “priority” in carrying out a national struggle and representing Israeli Arabs and to provide a valve for communities still sitting on the “fence,” a sister Labor Party should be established in which the stress will be on ideas of equality, humanism and language, social struggle and on raising the banner of peace in the region. The establishment has to prepare itself to maintain covert presence and control in that party.

e) Invest every possible effort in bringing all Zionist parties toward a national consensus regarding the issue of Israel’s Arabs in order to disentangle them from their internal political squabbles.

B. THE ARAB LEADERSHIP AND ITS IMPLI CATIONS

1. The Jewish democratic and open society, which swallowed the Arab population remaining in the country after the establishment of the state, failed to absorb it as far as its way of thinking, its manners and its vulnerability are concerned. The Jews appointed to take care of this population , and whose aim had been to make them loyal to the Jewish society in its state, failed to do so. On the contrary, there are clear indications that everything was done to maintain that population ‘s singularity and isolation on the one hand , and to receive selective attention and preferred favoritism on the other hand.

At the same time, however, time and again they made proclamations about equality, integration and so forth… though the actions were contradictory. This policy did not take into consideration the superficial and Levantinistic Arab character whose imagination tends to exceed rationality.

The extreme and keen manifestation of this double standard and contradictory policy of the “enthronement” of public representatives and leaders. Up to this very day there is not a single elected major Arab public figure above the local level.

The Arab society in Israel is in the throes of the transition from an agricultural and institutionalized society of long standing into an industrial society, a transition involving the breakup of family, religious and social frameworks, to which the dimension of national strife has been added.

This strife is serious and confronts every individual with decisions that are often crucial. The transitory society is in these stages in need of leaders who can provide personal examples and who are capable of giving appropriate answers to sincere nationalists, leading them toward a reason­ able personal and public solution.

However, as has been mentioned in the preamble, this had not been the test for receiving the title of “leader.” The bully, the bigmouth and not always the honest, have become the representatives and standard bearers of Israeli Arabs.

2. The second generation which has grown up in Israeli society and which is trying to adapt, and not just superficially, to Israeli customs, has not been able to produce the proper leaders. Signs of this could be seen 10 years ago. Those responsible for these issues had to create leaders who were acceptable to this generation and, at the same time, loyal to the state. In our opinion, both if this omission was a result of no other choice or if it was premeditated, the results of it might be disastrous. One of the main catalysts of today’s decline is the disgust with this leadership (see the Nazareth municipal elections).

3. Forecast:

a) The struggle between those who hold the various positions and the rebellious generation will get worse with the former falling back on the governmental, Histadrut and party establishment.

b) The result will be that the struggle for control will become a struggle against the establishment and the state with the majority consistently going over to the side of the rebels.

c) The elements hostile to the country will take full advantage of this social crisis. They will adopt this as their struggle and the echoes will be taken advantage of in various forums in this country and abroad as a social and national struggle.

d) We believe that if the decline continues at the present rate, RAKAH might win 10 seats in the coming Knesset elections.

4. Suggestions:

a) We would act courageously and replace all the people who deal with the Arab sector on behalf of government institutions, the police and the parties, including policy­makers.

b) We should disassociate ourselves from the present Arab “leadership” which does not represent the Arab population and stress the establishment’s non-solidarity with them.

c) Those who will be given the job of performing this mission should start immediately to create new figures of high intellectual standard, figures who are equitable and charismatic. They should be helped to establish an Arab party as mentioned above.

d) Special team should be appointed to examine the personal habits of RAKAH leaders and other negative people and this information should be made available to the electorate.

e) Steps should be taken against all negative personalities at all levels and in all institutions.

 

C. ECONOMY AND EMPLOYMENT

1. The development and economic improvement of the country’s population over the years of its existence did not reach the Arab population. Moreover, this lack of improvement is strongly felt among this population because it was the poor who remained within the borders after the fighting of 1948-1949.

This great gap between supply and demand for labor in all spheres of the market and especially in building, mechanics and general manual labor, and the dependence on this labor that has been created in many spheres of the economy have given a feeling of power to Israeli Arabs which has been taken advantage of by interested hostile elements.

2. The manual aid that is customary among members of a family and the lack of awareness about creative investment on a large scale have left very large sums of cash in the hands of the Arab population. This capital is hidden from the various tax authorities. It should be stressed that while the Arab population in Israel constitutes 14 percent of the total, and there is no “uprooting” of labor as a result of 3 years of army service among that population, it pays only 1.5 percent of the taxes. In this way its economic future is decisively insured. Also, the age composition (half of the population is young and working) is of great significance: it means a high income for all families. To this should be added state grants (national insurance to families with more than two children, which is 95 percent of the Arab families in Israel).

3. A significant issue in the northern district, because of the large concentration of Arabs there, is that projects which are being established with huge investments with the aim of increasing the Jewish population are employing Arab workers on a scale of 25 to 50 percent.

This social and economic security that relieves the individual and the family of economic worries and day-to-day pressures, grants them, consciously and subconsciously, leisure for “social-nationalist” thought which is taken advantage of by hostile elements for various forms of incitement, a sense of power and the possibility of public protest.

4. Forecast:

a) The concentration of mainly black capital in undesirable hands, estimated to be several hundred of millions of pounds, in addition to the economic damage that might be caused by this, could serve as a basis for donations which, in the future, might be put at the disposal of hostile elements (the collection of payments by the Nazareth municipality has already been mentioned).

b) The increase of Arab workers in factories might accelerate the friction between Jews and Arabs and develop into uncontrolled incidents. Moreover, there is a possibility of RAKAH taking over the worker committees.

c) By having significant control over various spheres of the economy there is the possibility of striking or of noncooperation and thus causing serious damage to the economy and to the state, and especially political damage by emphasizing their strength as factor in the country’s economy.

d) Increasing difficulties in absorbing Jewish workers, especially in the north where we have a special interest in increasing the Jewish population.

5. Suggestions:

a) Appropriate arrangements have to be made with the management of a concern bearing the “approved investment” label in crucial areas (as noted above). The number of Arab employees should not exceed 20 percent.

b) The tax authorities must adopt immediate steps to intensify tax collection, performing it with firmness and without deviations.

c) Reach a settlement with central marketing factors of various consumer goods that would neutralize and encumber Arab agents, particularly in the northern areas, in order to avoid dependence of the Jewish population on those agents, especially in times of emergency.

d) The government must find a way to neutralize the payment of “big family” grants to the Arab population, either by linking them to the economic situation or by taking this responsibility from the national insurance system and transferring it to the Jewish Agency or to the Zionist organization so that the grant is paid to Jews only.

e) Endeavor to have central institutions pay more attention in giving preferential treatment to Jewish groups or individuals rather than to Arabs.

 

D. EDUCATION

1. The most important and crucial change in the conceptual and behavioral structure of the Arab population is a result of the broadened and expanding educational system available to that population.

The improved economic situation and the social security of the individual and of the family have encouraged a large number of pupils to attend high school and institutions of higher learning. This process aided in the introduction of graded tuition fees–66 per cent in high schools. Financial aid and the policy of scholarships to university students established the fact that a populace with education, and be it ever so superficial and provincial, provides the “jet sets” for every nationalistic movement, particularly in the given circumstances of the Israeli Arabs, and this is indeed the situation, namely, the incidents at the universities. People in charge of that sector should have foreseen such contingencies, and it is imperative that from now on the coordination of the various frameworks as well as the activities adopted toward the population of all kinds of graduates be meticulously planned.

2. The establishment of preferential criteria (low grades) for the acceptance of Arab pupils into various colleges and into the department to which they used to be directed (humanities, political and social sciences), as well as the absence of care and the inability to provide full employment to graduates, created a large population of frustrated “intelligentsia” forced by a profound mental need to seek relief. Expressions of this are directed against the Israeli establishment of the state.

The scope of the problem is particularly serious when we take into consideration that the number of graduates is more than 5,700 and that today about 2,500 students are in high schools.

3. Forecast:

a) Because of the objective difficulty of recognizing the professional inferiority, the feeling of frustration will increase gradually, and the total number will become bigger at an ever-increasing rate.

b) By virtue of its Levantine character and due to social dynamics, this society will move from introversion to external manifestations and a possible move into organized violence is not to be ruled out. The first blossoms already exist.

c) The raising of the banner of the social and nationalistic struggle and overt identification with the PLO and even more extremist organizations.

d) Reasonable prospects for the success of a number of leaders by virtue of their being sons of the local progressive society out of which they grew. No doubt some of them will be endowed with leadership qualities.

e) One shouldn’t ignore the difficulties that will be caused to the government when handling them in crucial times, because of their personal standards.

4. Suggestions:

a) The reception criteria for Arab university students should be the same as for Jewish students and this must also apply to the granting of scholarships.

A meticulous implementation of these rules will produce a natural selection and will considerably reduce the number of Arab students. Accordingly, the number of low standard graduates will also decrease, a fact that will facilitate their absorption in work after their studies.

b) Encourage the channeling of students into technical professions, to physical and natural sciences. These studies leave less time for dabbling in nationalism and the dropout rate is higher.

c) Make trips abroad for studies easier, while making the return and employment more difficult-this policy is apt to encourage their emigration.

d) Adopt tough measures at all levels against various agitators among college and university students.

e) Prepare absorption possibilities in advance for the better part of the graduates, according to their qualifications. This policy can be implemented thanks to the time available (a number of years) in which the authorities may plan their steps.

 

E. LAW ENFORCEMENT

1. Implementation of the law and its enforcement by the authorities expresses the public interest of society in preference to individual interest. In the subject in question, the diligent maintenance of internal security with everything that this implies is of paramount importance to the nation and to Jews at large.

Law enforcement in a country with a developing society like that of Israel is a problem to be solved with flexibility, care and much wisdom. At the same time, how­ ever, the administrative and executive authority in the Arab sector must be aware of the existence of the law and its enforcement, so as to avoid erosion.

We have already mentioned some ways in which this population was treated and the double standards that were characteristic in those procedures. There exists an awareness among the Arab population, based on facts, that the law in this state can be circumvented by good connections with the proper people. In addition to the general public damage these procedures are causing, Israeli Arabs see in this the first signs of weakness in the administration which, following further pressures, will make possible additional concessions (examples for this abound).

2. It is difficult to get a reasonable explanation for the low percentage of taxes collected from the Arab population, in comparison to what is collected from the Jewish population. Non-enforcement of the law is likely to cause grievous harm to the internal security in extensive areas in the north and center of the country

One has to remember and to learn from the experience of other states with national minority populations that exaggerated and uncontrolled liberalism does not achieve the intended end, but rather the opposite. And this rule applies particularly to the specific Arab minority in Israel (as has been elaborated upon above).

3. Forecast:

a) In a law-abiding society overt disobedience of law generates a dynamics of its transgressions, a situation later necessitating many efforts to remedy it.

b) The possibility must be considered that in the future many Jews may support, for various reasons and motives, a population violating the law, and denounce the administration as “suppressor” if it attempts to enforce the law.

c) One cannot ignore the percent of the Arab population–14 percent–in which the violation of the law may assume a “revolutionary” quality.

d) Hostile elements inside the country and abroad are apt to exploit the implementation of laws, whose enforcement the authorities avoided for a long time, claiming they represent national suppression, and so forth.

4. Suggestions:

a) Make clear to everyone dealing with the Arab sector that violation of the law must not be ignored, and that its literal implementation should be carried out firmly.

b) Adopt legal steps against civil servants and institutions not fulfilling their duty in the enforcement of what the law prescribes.

c) Introduce law suits and put into effect a number of court sentences, particularly in the sphere of income tax and illegal building, which will deter the population from any thought about an escape from the hands of the law.

d) Increase the presence of various police and security forces in the Arab streets to deter extremist circles and those who are “sitting on the fence” and are likely to be drawn into uprisings and demonstrations.

[Signed: March 1, 1976]

 

PROPOSAL NO. 2

1. Following my previous memorandum and in the light of the March 30 developments and incidents [Day of the Land Strike] , it is desirable to analyze and assess these incidents and to draw up forecasts for possible new developments in the near future, and a number of suggestions to be implemented soon.

The full success of the strike in the Arab sector is a fact that ought to be carefully studied and accepted as a starting point for every discussion of the subject.

There are several factors which contributed to the success of the strike and to its scope which deserve to be studied:

a) There is no way to examine the percentage or the number of Arabs who did not come to work in places outside their residences, but in villages and in the two cities in which the Arab population is concentrated, the strike was complete and total.

b) Control by the strike organizers over all kinds of educational institutions in the Arab sector including church schools insured that the strike was complete.

c) The persuasion campaign about the necessity of the strike was begun by “official” factors, local council chairmen and public figures who are usually described as moderate and cooperative with the Israeli establishment. It must be assumed that these circles went into action after having lived under the impression that high-ranking elements were backing them and that an “interference” by the Arab populace would persuade the government to withdraw the expropriation. In this activity they competed with each other in extremist expressions, assuming that the achievement would be attributed to the loudest.

d) At a very late stage, realizing their mistake, the official Arab leadership–that is the local council chairmen and others–found they could no longer retreat. The erosion they had caused was sweeping them along too. The Jewish stopgap attempts did not prevent the strike and caused estrangement and a rift between the Arab population and its elected representatives although the strike and the incidents accompanying it did occur.

e) The strike organizers conducted a tough, threatening campaign, using violence against strikebreakers which proved effective. Pledges by the administration that every strikebreaker would be protected lacked credibility and t he population did not take them seriously.

2. Despite the fact that the strike and all the preparations and events that accompanied it was planned and executed by RAKAH , the party decided not to be very conspicuous in this matter in order to assume, in practice, the leadership of all the nationalities and to be the vanguard of all Arab nationalist activity among Israel’s Arabs in the future.

It is necessary to pay attention to this process and to study its motives and components:

a) The PLO movement, that is the national liberation movement for the Palestinian Arabs does not call for achieving social aims. With the exception of a small and secondary section-George Habash’s group– there is not a single group that seriously deals with such matters or propagates them.

b) Sending people who do not belong to any party into an open and violent confrontation with the  security forces, causing maximum casualties among the people in an attempt to create feelings of hatred and vengeance among them and tension on the part of the government toward the hostile population.

c) A classic move that is usually the vogue with the liberation movements in Asia and Africa is the linking of the national and the social struggles in a way that helps to mobilize the masses for the sake of the struggle and to obtain sympathetic world public opinion. It is clear that some countries and powers that have a certain orientation find themselves involved , if only for propaganda purposes, in every struggle that is carried out under these slogans.

In view of what has been said before, it is necessary to treat very seriously the afore­mentioned moves and the phenomena that are liable to stem from the creation of such an identification in world opinion and among the Arab population. Moreover , it is my belief that RAKAH has used these moves mainly under the guise of nationalism.

3. There have been a number of impressive achievements for Arab nationalism led by RAKAH as the result of the strike day [Day of the Land ] , both the disturbances that took place prior to the strike day and those that took place on the day of the strike:

a) For the first time since the establishment of the State of Israel , a situation has been created where the Arab population has identified itself openly and cognizantly–contrary to the government’s request–with an Arab extremist-nationalist demand and has displayed a psychological readiness to achieve it . Moreover, most parts of the Arab population justified and still justify those who rioted and attacked the defense forces, and they talk openly about their identification with them.

b) A large number of local authorities and their leaders were used as the means and tools to develop and lead the struggle. Those local council heads who, as a result of pressures, did not join the extremists in the last phase did not declare their objection to the strike, but requested its postponement in order to use it as a threat to apply pressure against the government in a bid to make it surrender to their demands.

c) The nationalists and RAKAH succeeded in agitating and embroiling the’· masses in a violent struggle with the defense forces–a confrontation that has left its deep and serious marks for a long time to come. The fact that despite the sentiments that gripped the masses the organizers succeeded in extricating their men from the violent struggle and insuring their physical safety, and saved them from being arrested after the riots, proves the precision of the planning of the operations.

d) The open and violent acts with all the sorry results that they brought upon the population have infused them with pride and straightened their backs. They are proud of their courage to confront the official forces of the state. It should not be forgotten that such a feeling in a population like that of the Israeli Arabs, and in the atmosphere in which they live, holds many possibilities for professional agitators whose aim would be to restore “the straight back of the humiliated Arab,” to the Israeli Arabs.

e) The political power of Arab national­ ism that is used by RAKAH for its own future political struggle becomes evident.

f) The strike and the violent actions that accompanied  it pushed aside that part of the official Arab establishment (the elected) and the heads of the local councils who did not participate in the strike or had proposed postponing it to a marginal position. The strike took place contrary to the Shefar’am meeting. In this way, the active part of the Arab population, especially the young, were left for RAKAH and its nationalist agitators.

It is perhaps worth asking here whether it was politically wise, in the long run, to apply pressure on the heads of the local councils in the Shefar’am meeting for them to act as they did. The subject should be discussed and suitable conclusions should be reached. The absolute unity of the Arab population that was attained on the “Day of the Land” and the deep rift created between the Arab and Jewish sectors was a historic achievement for the organizers. This rift had and will have in the future grave expressions in the Arab and Jewish populations alike. Needless to say, it will be well exploited by a hostile factor.

g) A significant impression was felt in plants and services as a result of the strike by proving the dependence of the smooth operation of the economy on Arab hands. Parallel to that, dependency of the Jewish-run economy on them has been proven to the Arab population. Even this is exploited, and will be in the future, for the sake of feeding the “Arab back-straightening” which the Arabs of Israel must exploit.

4. Forecast:

a) The conditions created on “Day of the Land” and afterwards provide RAKAH and the nationalists with many opportunities to incite disturbances in the country and to create communal tension and anxiety. It appears that we may witness here a recurrence of the same tactics and slogans used to inflame the masses and turn them loose on the streets whenever the leading elements decided to so do.

b) The campaign of intimidation will be intensified to the point of threatening Arabs who cooperate with the government or committing violence against them in order to quell any resistance and silence moderate voices.

c) Following the repercussions in the Arab streets in the wake of the recent clashes, the masses will be called into the streets for a specific purpose: to clash with the security forces and to increase as much as possible the number of Arab citizens injured so as to arouse ambitions of revenge within the Arab population against the security forces and to create reaction in the world about the tension in Israel and the suppressing of the Arab population by the Israeli occupying power.

d) Such clashes would increase the Israeli Arabs’ identification with the injured and the means would be created to penetrate into those circles which are still hesitant about joining the struggle.

Such action would, generally speaking, cause the atmosphere to become more extreme and to deteriorate further. The theory adopted by those circles is that the present situation is bad for the Israeli Arabs and that only in a situation of general disruption in the state would they have an opportunity for change; in the long run–perhaps in the foreseeable future–this would cause Israel to disintegrate from within and would bring about the Palestinization of the state.

e) It is quite probable that the PLO or some of its components would analyze these extreme acts, although the operations in the field would be carried out by RAKAH–while its functionaries remain behind the scenes but pull the strings. Most of the burden of absorbing such activity will be placed on the Arab nationalists from the population in Israel, and mainly from among the intelligentsia who yearn for action in order to prove their “Arabness” and their willingness to struggle against Israeli rule.

f) The rift that the recent events have created between the Jewish and Arab populations would be completely exploited and all efforts would be made to widen and deepen it. It must be taken into consideration that in order to achieve that end, provocations of all kinds would be carried out, including strikes, demonstrations, violent actions and even acts of sabotage (in cooperation with Arab terrorists). I think that in the next large-scale clashes there will be greater use of firearms in order to create critical visual effects of this rift.

g) There is also a probability that a nationalist organization oriented toward the West would be created in order to attract sympathy to their struggle from states and circles abroad which are anti-leftist.

h) The penetration and takeovers of local councils will increase in order to exploit them for propaganda, cover, financing and to create an impression of broad representation. This measure proved very effective on “Day of the Land” in carrying out those aims.

5. In view of the speedy deterioration and the forecast which I have outlined in my previous memorandum and in the present one, I would like to suggest:

a) To immediately create a brain trust which would submit three plans of action to the decision-making elements:

1) for the short run.

2) for the medium run.

3) for the long run

b) An inter-ministerial coordinating committee should be set up immediately at the ministry director level, headed by a minister who would be appointed for that purpose by the cabinet and assisted by the prime minister’s Arab affairs adviser.

c) In view of the fact that the Interior Ministry is the official practical and central link with the official and elected institutions of the Arab population, it is hereby suggested that the coordinating committee of ministry directors should be headed by the director general of the Interior Ministry.

[Written after March 30, 1976]

 

Source: Journal of Palestine Studies, vol. 6, no. 1 (Autumn, 1976), pp. 190-200. Translated from al-Hamishmar, 7 September 1976 by SWASIA, vol. III , no. 41 (15 October 1976), pp. 1-8.

Iranian Missiles Destroy Peshmerga Financier and al-Nusra Training Center In Erbil, Kurdistan

[Peshraw Dizayee, known sponsor of Peshmerga forces, was killed in this Iranian revenge strike.  The primary target, Erbil, Kurdistan, received up to 8 missile strikes, targeted Hay’at Tahrir al-Sham, the latest incarnation of al-Qaida in Iraq, formerly  known as Jabhat al-NusraThe entire al-Nusra movement is still controlled by the CIA’s favorite stooge…

jolani Abu Mohammed al-Julani,

the diminutive former school teacher turned terrorist leader with nine lives.  Julani, or Golani was surely the target of the strikes, but we will never know for certain if he has survived, once again. The missiles allegedly struck a meeting of the terrorists who were training and preparing Afghani terrorist recruits, to join Islamic State Khorasan Province or ISIS-K.]

Iran strikes terrorists’ positions in Syria, Mossad center in Iraqi Kurdistan

TEHRAN – In early Tuesday morning the Islamic Revolution Guards Corps (IRGC) fired barrages of ballistic missiles at Syrian positions of terrorists who were involved in the recent attacks inside Iran, as well as an Israeli Mossad espionage center in the Iraqi Kurdistan region.

The IRGC said the first missile strike targeted gathering places of commanders and main elements of recent terrorist attacks in the Iranian cities of Kerman and Rask.

The strike came after gathering points of the Daesh Takfiri terrorist group were identified in the occupied territories of Syria and destroyed with a number of ballistic missiles, the IRGC stated.

Daesh claimed responsibility for two suicide attacks that killed nearly 100 people and wounded 280 at a memorial service for top anti-terror commander Lieutenant General Qassem Soleimani in the southeastern city of Kerman on January 3.

Last month, another terrorist attack hit a police station in the border city of Rask in the southeastern province of Sistan-Balouchestan, killing 11 police officers and injuring at least six others.

In a later statement the IRGC announced that another missile strike has been launched at a main espionage center of the Israel’s Mossad spy agency in the Iraqi Kurdistan region.

It said the strike was a sign of the IRGC’s full intelligence superiority over the Zionist regime’s bases and activities in the region, Press TV reported.

The IRGC added that its missile strike on the Iraqi Kurdistan region has totally destroyed the Mossad center there.

The Mossad center was used “to develop espionage operations and plan acts of terrorism” across the region, especially in Iran, the IRGC said in its statement.

The missile strike against the Mossad center, the statement said, was in retaliation for the recent assassinations of the resistance front’s commanders, especially those of the IRGC, by Israel.

General Seyed Razi Mousavi, a member of the IRGC serving as a military adviser in Syria, was assassinated in an Israeli airstrike in a residential neighborhood in the suburbs of Damascus on December 25.

The IRGC also assured the Iranian nation that it will find “the malicious terrorist groups” that are active against Iran “wherever they are and will punish them for their shameful deeds.”

President Biden just pledged to shut down 60% of America’s electric power

Let’s see…eliminate light bulbs, gas cars, gas heaters, coal and gas power plants…Biden is trying to force us into a permanent quarantine, without covid. No light, no jobs, no heat, no transportation…YAAAY JOE!!!!! Why has he declared war upon the American people?
First, Team Biden announced it will stop production of all new coal plants in the United States.

This comes on the heels of President Biden’s Environmental Protection Agency saying this year it would impose new power plant emission regulations that are virtually impossible for coal plants to comply with.

The bottom line: No more coal. Period.

But the White House was just getting started.

Vice President Kamala Harris trumpeted the next day new rules to “sharply reduce methane from the oil and natural gas industry.”

The administration calls methane a “super-pollutant” that it wants to eliminate because it’s “many times more potent than carbon dioxide.”

But methane is effectively a hydrocarbon that comes from natural gas.

Eliminating methane is a de facto ban on natural gas power plants.

Here is the most sinister part of this story that no one in the Biden administration is telling you: Eradicating coal and natural gas plants will ravage America’s electric power capacity.

These regulations will cause rolling blackouts and brownouts across the country, much like we’ve already seen in California — America’s forerunner of radical anti-fossil fuel policies. green agenda

The lights will go out intermittently, and home heating in the winter and air conditioning in the summer will have to be turned off or rationed.

Without gas and coal plants, hospitals, schools, the internet, construction projects and factories will be routinely shut down when unreliable alternative energy sources like wind and solar power aren’t delivering enough juice.

Upward of 60% of America’s electric power generation will go away — and soon.

Coal still provides roughly 20% of our electric power; natural gas supplies around 40%.

What will make up for this lost power, especially given that our demands on the power grid are only going to multiply over the coming years as the greens want the entire network of cars, trucks and vans to be powered by charging up on the electric grid?

The Biden administration, in other words, wants to nearly double the demands on the electric grid network at the same time it wants to shut down more than half of the nation’s power generation — and the most reliable sources at that.

Something must give.

The climate-change groups that crammed into Dubai last week, echoed by head-in-the-sand politicians like John Kerry, piously advise that Americans will have to stop taking so many plane trips — especially overseas — and become less reliant on cars, switching to mass transit or bicycles instead.

Some people may believe these mandatory sacrifices and rationing of modern-age conveniences are justified to stave off “catastrophic climate change.”

Except the shutdown of our coal and natural gas power plants won’t move the needle a millimeter on greenhouse gas emissions — and may make global CO2 emissions worse, not better.

That’s because by far the biggest producer of greenhouse gas emissions — China — isn’t playing in this climate-change sandbox.

(President Xi Jinping didn’t even attend the conference, and the Chinese who did were adamant that climate-change concerns aren’t going to interfere with Beijing’s grandiose economic expansion plans.)

The coal plants and mines we shut down in places like Pennsylvania, West Virginia and Wyoming are being replaced two or three times over by newly built coal-fired plants in India and China.

We shut down one plant; they bring on line two or three new ones.

This math doesn’t add up — especially since we have cleaner coal plants than China does.

Biden is playing a dangerous game of unilateral energy disarmament.

If he has his way, we will jump off the cliff first in the naïve hope that China, India, Russia and Europe are right behind us.

Whether intentional or not, this radical green agenda will cripple our global economic leadership, cost our economy millions of jobs and make Americans colder in their homes in the winter and hotter in the summer.

Does that seem like a smart way to protect ourselves from the dangers of a changing climate — real or imagined?

Stephen Moore is a senior fellow at the Heritage Foundation and chief economist with FreedomWorks.

CHINA’S MONUMENTAL ISLAND CONSTRUCTION PROGRAM, SOUTH CHINA SEAS

Cuarteron Reef

U.S. Board of Geographic Names: Cuarteron Reef
China: Huayang Jiao, 华阳礁
Philippines: Calderon Reef
Taiwan: Huayang Reef, 華陽礁
Malaysia: Terumbu Calderon
Vietnam: Bãi Châu Viên

EXPLORE

Fiery Cross Reef

U.S. Board of Geographic Names: Fiery Cross Reef
China: Yongshu Jiao, 永暑礁
Philippines: Kagitingan Reef
Taiwan: Yongshu Reef, 永暑礁
Vietnam: Đá Chữ Thập

EXPLORE

Gaven Reefs

U.S. Board of Geographic Names: Gaven Reefs
China: Nanxun Jiao, 南薰礁
Philippines: Burgos Reefs
Taiwan: Nanxun Reef, 南薰礁
Vietnam: Đá Ga Ven

EXPLORE

Hughes Reef

U.S. Board of Geographic Names: Hughes Reef
China: Dongmen Jiao, 东门礁
Philippines: McKennan Reef
Taiwan: Dongmen Reef, 東門礁
Vietnam: Đá Tư Nghĩa

EXPLORE

Johnson Reef

U.S. Board of Geographic Names: Johnson Reef
China: Chiguo Jiao, 赤瓜礁
Taiwan: Chiguo Reef, 赤瓜礁
Malaysia: Mabini Reef
Vietnam: Đá Gạc Ma

EXPLORE

Mischief Reef

U.S. Board of Geographic Names: Mischief Reef
China: Meiji Jiao, 美济礁
Philippines: Panganiban Reef
Taiwan: Meiji Reef, 美濟礁
Vietnam: Đá Vành Khăn

EXPLORE

Subi Reef

U.S. Board of Geographic Names: Subi Reef
China: Zhubi Jiao, 渚碧礁
Philippines: Zamora Reef
Taiwan: Zhubi Reef, 渚碧礁
Vietnam: Đá Su Bi

EXPLORE

Paracel Islands

Antelope Reef

U.S. Board of Geographic Names: Antelope Reef
China: Lingyang Jiao, 羚羊礁
Taiwan: Lingyang Reef, 羚羊礁
Vietnam: Đá Hải Sâm

EXPLORE

Bombay Reef

Bombay Reef

U.S. Board of Geographic Names: Bombay Reef
China: Langhua Jiao, 浪花礁
Taiwan: Pengbo Reef, 蓬勃礁
Vietnam: Đá Bông Bay

EXPLORE

Drummond Island

U.S. Board of Geographic Names: Drummond Island
China: Jinqing Dao, 晋卿岛
Taiwan: Jinqing Island, 晉卿島
Vietnam: Đảo Duy Mộng

EXPLORE

Duncan Islands

U.S. Board of Geographic Names: Duncan Islands
China: Chenhang Dao, 琛航岛
Taiwan: Chenhang Island, 琛航島
Vietnam: Đảo Quang Hòa

EXPLORE

Lincoln Island

U.S. Board of Geographic Names: Lincoln Island
China: Dong Dao, 东岛
Taiwan: Hewu Island, 和五島
Vietnam: Đảo Linh Côn

EXPLORE

Middle Island

Middle Island

U.S. Board of Geographic Names: Middle Island
China: Zhong Dao, 中岛
Taiwan: Zhong Island, 中島
Vietnam: Đảo Trung

EXPLORE

Money Island

U.S. Board of Geographic Names: Money Island
China: Jinyin Dao, 金银岛
Taiwan: Jinyin Island, 金銀島
Vietnam: Đảo Quang Ảnh

EXPLORE

North Island

North Island

U.S. Board of Geographic Names: North Island
China: Bei Dao, 北岛
Taiwan: Bei Island, 北島
Vietnam: Đảo Bắc

EXPLORE

North Reef

North Reef

China: Bei Jiao, 北礁
Taiwan: Bei Reef, 北礁
Vietnam: Đá Bắc

EXPLORE

Observation Bank

U.S. Board of Geographic Names: Observation Bank
China: Yin Yu, 银屿
Taiwan: Senping Tan, 森屏灘
Vietnam: Bãi Xà Cừ

EXPLORE

Pattle Island

U.S. Board of Geographic Names: Pattle Island
China: Shanhu Dao, 珊瑚岛
Taiwan: Shanhu Island, 珊瑚島
Vietnam: Đảo Hoàng Sa

EXPLORE

Quanfu Island

Quanfu Island

U.S. Board of Geographic Names: Quanfu Island
China: Quanfu Dao, 全富岛
Taiwan: Quanfu Island, 全富島
Vietnam: Đảo Ốc Hoa

EXPLORE

Robert Island

Robert Island

U.S. Board of Geographic Names: Robert Island
China: Ganquan Dao, 甘泉岛
Taiwan: Ganquan Island, 甘泉島
Vietnam: Đảo Hữu Nhật

EXPLORE

South Island

South Island

U.S. Board of Geographic Names: South Island
China: Nan Dao, 南岛
Taiwan: Nan Island, 南島
Vietnam: Đảo Nam

EXPLORE

South Sand

South Sand

U.S. Board of Geographic Names: South Sand
China: Nan Shazhou, 南沙洲
Taiwan: Nan Sand Bar, 南沙洲
Vietnam: Cồn Cát Nam

EXPLORE

Tree Island

U.S. Board of Geographic Names: Tree Island
China: Zhaoshu Dao, 赵述岛
Taiwan: Zhaoshu Island, 趙述島
Vietnam: Đảo Cây

EXPLORE

Triton Island

Triton Island

U.S. Board of Geographic Names: Triton Island
China: Zhongjian Dao, 中建岛
Taiwan: Zhongjian Island, 中建島
Vietnam: Đảo Tri Tôn

EXPLORE

West Sand

West Sand

U.S. Board of Geographic Names: West Sand
China: Xi Shazhou, 西沙洲
Taiwan: Xi Sand Bar, 西沙洲
Vietnam: Cồn Cát Tây

EXPLORE

Woody Island

U.S. Board of Geographic Names: Woody Island
China: Yongxing Dao, 永兴岛
Taiwan: Yongxing Island, 永興島
Vietnam: Đảo Phú Lâm

EXPLORE

Yagong Island

Yagong Island

U.S. Board of Geographic Names: Yagong Island
China: Yagong Dao, 鸭公岛
Taiwan: Yagong Island, 鸭公島
Vietnam: Đảo Ba Ba

EXPLORE

 

UN High Human Rights Commissioner Resigns To Protest Genocide In Palestine

Resignation letter from the Director of New York Office of the UN High Commissioner of Human Rights

The Director of the New York Office of the UN High Commissioner of Human Rights, Craig Mokhiber, resigns submitting the most damning letter of resignation.

To Volker Turk, High Commissioner for Human Rights

 

Dear High Commissioner,

This will be my last official communication to you as Director of the New York Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights.

I write at a moment of great anguish for the world, including for many of our colleagues. Once again, we are seeing a genocide unfolding before our eyes, and the Organization that we serve appears powerless to stop it. As someone who has investigated human rights in Palestine since the 1980s, lived in Gaza as a UN human rights advisor in the 1990s, and carried out several human rights missions to the country before and since, this is deeply personal to me.

I also worked in these halls through the genocides against the Tutsis, Bosnian Muslims, the Yazidi, and the Rohingya. In each case, when the dust settled on the horrors that had been perpetrated against defenseless civilian populations, it became painfully clear that we had failed in our duty to meet the imperatives of prevention of mass atrocites, of protection of the vulnerable, and of accountability for perpetrators. And so it has been with successive waves of murder and persecution against the Palestinians throughout the entire life of the UN.

High Commissioner, we are failing again.

As a human rights lawyer with more than three decades of experience in the field, I know well that the concept of genocide has often been subject to political abuse. But the current wholesale slaughter of the Palestinian people, rooted in an ethno-nationalist settler colonial ideology, in continuation of decades of their systematic persecution and purging, based entirely upon their status as Arabs, and coupled with explicit statements of intent by leaders in the Israeli government and military, leaves no room for doubt or debate. In Gaza, civilian homes, schools, churches, mosques, and medical institutions are wantonly attacked as thousands of civilians are massacred. In the West Bank, including occupied Jerusalem, homes are seized and reassigned based entirely on race, and violent settler pogroms are accompanied by Israeli military units. Across the land, Apartheid rules.

This is a text-book case of genocide. The European, ethno-nationalist, settler colonial project in Palestine has entered its final phase, toward the expedited destruction of the last remnants of indigenous Palestinian life in Palestine. What’s more, the governments of the United States, the United Kingdom, and much of Europe, are wholly complicit in the horrific assault. Not only are these governments refusing to meet their treaty obligations “to ensure respect” for the Geneva Conventions, but they are in fact actively arming the assault, providing economic and intelligence support, and giving political and diplomatic cover for Israel’s atrocities.

In concert with this, western corporate media, increasingly captured and state-adjacent, are in open breach of Article 20 of the ICCPR, continuously dehumanizing Palestinians to facilitate the genocide, and broadcasting propaganda for war and advocacy of national, racial, or religious hatred that constitutes incitement to discrimination, hostility, and violence. US-based social media companies are suppressing the voices of human rights defenders while amplifying pro-Israel propaganda. Israel lobby online-trolls and GONGOS are harassing and smearing human rights defenders, and western universities and employers are collaborating with them to punish those who dare to speak out against the atrocities. In the wake of this genocide, there must be an accounting for these actors as well, just as there was for radio Milles Collines in Rwanda.

In such circumstances, the demands on our organization for principled and effective action are greater than ever. But we have not met the challenge. The protective enforcement power Security Council has again been blocked by US intransigence, the SG is under assault for the mildest of protestations, and our human rights mechanisms are under sustained slanderous attack by an organized, online impunity network.

Decades of distraction by the illusory and largely disingenuous promises of Oslo have diverted the Organization from its core duty to defend international law, international human rights, and the Charter itself. The mantra of the “two-state solution” has become an open joke in the corridors of the UN, both for its utter impossibility in fact, and for its total failure to account for the inalienable human rights of the Palestinian people. The so-called “Quartet” has become nothing more than a fig leaf for inaction and for subservience to a brutal status quo. The (US-scripted) deference to “agreements between the parties themselves” (in place of international law) was always a transparent slight-of-hand, designed to reinforce the power of Israel over the rights of the occupied and dispossessed Palestinians.

High Commissioner, I came to this Organization first in the 1980s, because I found in it a principled, normbased institution that was squarely on the side of human rights, including in cases where the powerful US, UK, and Europe were not on our side. While my own government, its subsidiarity institutions, and much of the US media were still supporting or justifying South African apartheid, Israeli oppression, and Central American death squads, the UN was standing up for the oppressed peoples of those lands. We had international law on our side. We had human rights on our side. We had principle on our side. Our authority was rooted in our integrity. But no more.

In recent decades, key parts of the UN have surrendered to the power of the US, and to fear of the Israel Lobby, to abandon these principles, and to retreat from international law itself. We have lost a lot in this abandonment, not least our own global credibility. But the Palestinian people have sustained the biggest losses as a result of our failures. It is a stunning historic irony that the Universal Declaration of Human Rights was adopted in the same year that the Nakba was perpetrated against the Palestinian people. As we commemorate the 75th Anniversary of the UDHR, we would do well to abandon the old cliché that the UDHR was born out of the atrocities that proceeded it, and to admit that it was born alongside one of the most atrocious genocides of the 20th Century, that of the destruction of Palestine. In some sense, the framers were promising human rights to everyone, except the Palestinian people. And let us remember as well, that the UN itself carries the original sin of helping to facilitate the dispossession of the Palestinian people by ratifying the European settler colonial project that seized Palestinian land and turned it over to the colonists. We have much for which to atone.

But the path to atonement is clear. We have much to learn from the principled stance taken in cities around the world in recent days, as masses of people stand up against the genocide, even at risk of beatings and arrest. Palestinians and their allies, human rights defenders of every stripe, Christian and Muslim organizations, and progressive Jewish voices saying “not in our name”, are all leading the way. All we have to do is to follow them.

Yesterday, just a few blocks from here, New York’s Grand Central Station was completely taken over by thousands of Jewish human rights defenders standing in solidarity with the Palestinian people and demanding an end to Israeli tyranny (many risking arrest, in the process). In doing so, they stripped away in an instant the Israeli hasbara propaganda point (and old antisemitic trope) that Israel somehow represents the Jewish people. It does not. And, as such, Israel is solely responsible for its crimes. On this point, it bears repeating, in spite of Israel lobby smears to the contrary, that criticism of Israel’s human rights violations is not antisemitic, any more than criticism of Saudi violations is Islamophobic, criticism of Myanmar violations is anti-Buddhist, or criticism of Indian violations is anti-Hindu. When they seek to silence us with smears, we must raise our voice, not lower it. I trust you will agree, High Commissioner, that this is what speaking truth to power is all about.

But I also find hope in those parts of the UN that have refused to compromise the Organization’s human rights principles in spite of enormous pressures to do so. Our independent special rapporteurs, commissions of enquiry, and treaty body experts, alongside most of our staff, have continued to stand up for the human rights of the Palestinian people, even as other parts of the UN (even at the highest levels) have shamefully bowed their heads to power. As the custodians of the human rights norms and standards, OHCHR has a particular duty to defend those standards. Our job, I believe, is to make our voice heard, from the Secretary General to the newest UN recruit, and horizontally across the wider UN system, insisting that the human rights of the Palestinian people are not up for debate, negotiation, or compromise anywhere under the blue flag.

What, then, would a UN-norm-based position look like? For what would we work if we were true to our rhetorical admonitions about human rights and equality for all, accountability for perpetrators, redress for victims, protection of the vulnerable, and empowerment for rights-holders, all under the rule of law? The answer, I believe, is simple—if we have the clarity to see beyond the propagandistic smokescreens that distort the vision of justice to which we are sworn, the courage to abandon fear and deference to powerful states, and the will to truly take up the banner of human rights and peace. To be sure, this is a long-term project and a steep climb. But we must begin now or surrender to unspeakable horror. I see ten essential points:

  1. Legitimate action: First, we in the UN must abandon the failed (and largely disingenuous) Oslo paradigm, its illusory two-state solution, its impotent and complicit Quartet, and its subjugation of international law to the dictates of presumed political expediency. Our positions must be unapologetically based on international human rights and international law.
  2. Clarity of Vision: We must stop the pretense that this is simply a conflict over land or religion between two warring parties and admit the reality of the situation in which a disproportionately powerful state is colonizing, persecuting, and dispossessing an indigenous population on the basis of their ethnicity.
  3. One State based on human rights: We must support the establishment of a single, democratic, secular state in all of historic Palestine, with equal rights for Christians, Muslims, and Jews, and, therefore, the dismantling of the deeply racist, settler-colonial project and an end to apartheid across the land.
  4. Fighting Apartheid: We must redirect all UN efforts and resources to the struggle against apartheid, just as we did for South Africa in the 1970s, 80s, and early 90s.
  5. Return and Compensation: We must reaffirm and insist on the right to return and full compensation for all Palestinians and their families currently living in the occupied territories, in Lebanon, Jordan, Syria, and in the diaspora across the globe.
  6. Truth and Justice: We must call for a transitional justice process, making full use of decades of accumulated UN investigations, enquiries, and reports, to document the truth, and to ensure accountability for all perpetrators, redress for all victims, and remedies for documented injustices.
  7. Protection: We must press for the deployment of a well-resourced and strongly mandated UN protection force with a sustained mandate to protect civilians from the river to the sea.
  8. Disarmament: We must advocate for the removal and destruction of Israel’s massive stockpiles of nuclear, chemical, and biological weapons, lest the conflict lead to the total destruction of the region and, possibly, beyond.
  9. Mediation: We must recognize that the US and other western powers are in fact not credible mediators, but rather actual parties to the conflict who are complicit with Israel in the violation of Palestinian rights, and we must engage them as such.
  10. Solidarity: We must open our doors (and the doors of the SG) wide to the legions of Palestinian, Israeli, Jewish, Muslim, and Christian human rights defenders who are standing in solidarity with the people of Palestine and their human rights and stop the unconstrained flow of Israel lobbyists to the offices of UN leaders, where they advocate for continued war, persecution, apartheid, and impunity, and smear our human rights defenders for their principled defense of Palestinian rights.

This will take years to achieve, and western powers will fight us every step of the way, so we must be steadfast. In the immediate term, we must work for an immediate ceasefire and an end to the longstanding siege on Gaza, stand up against the ethnic cleansing of Gaza, Jerusalem, and the West Bank (and elsewhere), document the genocidal assault in Gaza, help to bring massive humanitarian aid and reconstruction to the Palestinians, take care of our traumatized colleagues and their families, and fight like hell for a principled approach in the UN’s political offices.

The UN’s failure in Palestine thus far is not a reason for us to withdraw. Rather it should give us the courage to abandon the failed paradigm of the past, and fully embrace a more principled course. Let us, as OHCHR, boldly and proudly join the anti-apartheid movement that is growing all around the world, adding our logo to the banner of equality and human rights for the Palestinian people. The world is watching. We will all be accountable for where we stood at this crucial moment in history. Let us stand on the side of justice.

I thank you, High Commissioner, Volker, for hearing this final appeal from my desk. I will leave the Office in a few days for the last time, after more than three decades of service. But please do not hesitate to reach out if I can be of assistance in the future.

Craig Mokhiber

The World Demands “Human Rights” For the “People” of Palestine

Israel calls Palestinians ‘human animals,’ denies Gaza civilians food and water amid mass bombing

Memoirs of a Palestinian ‘human animal’ from Gaza

[SEE: Amid Israel-Hamas war, pro-Palestine protesters flood US, Europe streets | Photos]

Israeli Embassies

See also: Foreign Embassies in Israel

Diplomatic Representation in U.S.

Ambassador: Sallai MERIDOR

Embassy:3514 International Drive NW, Washington DC, 20008

Telephone: 202-364-5500

FAX: 202-364-3607

Consulates General are in:
Los Angeles
6380 Wilshire Bl., Suite 1700,
Los Angeles, CA 90048.
PH: (213) 852-5500

San Francisco

456 Montgomery St., Suite 2100,
San Francisco, CA 94104.
PH: ( 415)-844-7500
Fax: ( 415)-844-7555

Miami

100 N. Biscayne Bl., Suite 1800,
Miami, FL 33132.
PH: (305) 358-8111

Atlanta

1100 Spring St., NW, Suite 440,
Atlanta, GA 30309
PH: (404) 875-7851

Chicago
111 E. Wacker Dr., 13th Floor,
Chicago, IL 60601.
PH: (312) 565-3300

Boston

Statler Office Bldg., 20 Park Pz., Suite 1020,
Boston, MA 02116.
PH: (617) 542-0041

New York

800 2nd Av., 13,14,15 Floor,
New York, NY 10017.
PH: (212) 499-5400

Philadelphia

230 S. 15th St., 8th Floor,
Philadelphia, PA 19102.
PH: (215) 546-5556

Houston
Weslayan Tower, 24 Greenway Pz., Suite 1500,
Houston, TX 77046.
PH:(713) 627-3780
Fax (713) 627-0149

Consulate General

800 2nd Ave
New York, NY 10017

**************************

Embassy of Israel in Luanda, Angola:

Rua Rainha Ngina 34 Edificio Siccalluanda,
Tel.: 244 -2-331501, 244-2-395295, 244-2-397331,
Fax: 244-2-396366,
e-mail: info@luanda.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Buenos Aires, Argentina:

Av. de mayo 701, piso 10, Buenos Aires,
Tel: 54 -11-43382500,
Fax: 54 -11-43382555,
E-mail: info@buenosaires.mfa.gov.il

Honorary Consulate of Israel in Mendoza, ArgentinaWEB-site

Embassy of Israel in Canberra, Australia:

6 Turrana St. Yarralumla, Act. 2600 Canberra,
Tel.: 61-2-62731309/0, 61-2-62733541,
Fax: 61-2-62734273,
E-mail: info@canberra.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Vienna, Austria:

20 Anton Frank Gasse, 1180 Vienna,
Tel.: 43-1-47646500, 43-1-47646510,
Fax: 43-1-47646555,
E-mail: info@vienna.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Baku, Azerbaijan:

Hyatt Tower 3, 7th floor, Izmir Street, 1033 Baku,
Tel.: 994 -12-907881/2,
Fax: 994 -12-907892,
E-mail: info@baku.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Brussels, Belgium:

Av. De l’Observatoire 40, 1180 Brussels (EU),
Tel.: 32 -2-3735500,
Fax: 32 -2-3735677,
E-mail: info@brussels.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in La Paz, Bolivia:

Av. Maruscal Sta Cruz 2150 Piso 10 Edificio Esperanza, La Paz,
Tel.: 591 -22-391126,
Fax: 591 -22-391712,
E-mail: info@lapaz.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Brazilia, Brasil:

S.E.S. Av. Das Nacoes Lote 38, Q 809 Brazilia CEP 704 24 900,
Tel.: 55 -61-2447675,
Fax: 55 -61-2446129,
E-mail: info@brasilia.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Sofia, Bulgaria:

1 Bulgaria SQ, NDK Administration Building, 7th Floor Sofia,
Tel.: 359 -2-9515044,
Fax: 359 -2-9521101,
E-mail: info@sofia.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Yaounde, Cameroon:

P.O. Box 5934 Yaounde,
Tel.: 237 –2201644, 237 –2211291, 237 –2219397,
Fax: 237 -2210823,
E-mail: info@yaounde.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Ottawa, Canada:

50 O’Connor Street Suite 1005 Ontario K1P6L2 Ottawa,
Tel.: 1 -613-5676450,
Fax: 1 -613-2378865,
E-mail: info@ottawa.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Santiago, Chile:

San Sebastian 1812 Santiago de Chile,
Tel.: 56 -2-7500500,
Fax: 56 -2-7500555
E-mail: info@santiago.mfa.gov.il

Israel Economic and Cultural Office in Taipei, China (Republic) – WEB-site

Embassy of Israel in Bogota, Colombia:

Edificio Caxdac Cale 35, No 7-25, Piso 14, Bogota,
Tel.: 57-1-2884637/4732, 57-1-2884701/4778,
57-1-2884707, 57-1-2884738/4776,
Fax: 57-1-2877783,
E-mail: info@bogota.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of israel in San Jose, Costa Rica:

Edificio Centro Colon, Paseo Colon, Calle 38, San Jose,
Tel.: 506 –2218447, 506 –2216011/6444,
Fax: 506 –2570867,
E-mail: info@sanjose.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Abidjan, Cote d`Ivoire:

01 B.P. 1877, Abidjan 01 Abidjan,
Tel.: 225 –20212955, 225 –20214953, 225 –20227191/2/3,
Fax: 225 –20218704,
E-mail: info@abidjan.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Nicosia, Cyprus:

4 Gripari Street, P.O.B. 25159 Nicosia,
Tel.: 357-22-369500,
Fax: 357 22-663486
E-mail: info@nicosia.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Prague, Czech Republic:

Badeniho 2, 17000 Prague 7,
Tel.: 420 -2- 3309 7500/1,
Fax: 420 -2-33097529
E-mail: info@prague.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Copenhagen, Denmark:

Lundeb Angsvej 4, 2900 Hellerup, Copenhagen,
Tel.: 45 –88185500,
Fax: 45 – 88185555
E-mail: info@copenhagen.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic:

Pedro Henriquez Urena 80, Santo Domingo,
Tel.: 1 -809-4720774/5/6,
Fax: 1 -809-4721785,
E-mail: info@santodomingo.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Quito, Ecuador:

12 de Octubre y Gral. Francisco Salazar Esq. Edif. Plaza 2000,
Piso 9 Quito,
Tel.: 593 -2-2237474,
Fax: 593 -2-2238055,
E-mail: info@quito.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Cairo, Egypt:

6 Sharia Ibn-El Maleck, Cairo,
Tel.: 20 -2-3610528, 20 -2-7610458, 20 -2-7610528/45,
Fax: 20 -2-7610414,
E-mail: info@cairo.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in San Salvador, El Salvador:

Centro Financiero Gigante, Torre B, Piso 63,
Avenida Sur y Alameda Roosevelt, San Salvador,
Tel.: 503 –2113434,
Fax: 503 –2113443,
E-mail: info@sansalvador.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Asmara, Eritrea:

32 Ogaden Street, P.O. Box 5600 Asmara,
Tel.: 291 -1-188521, 291 -1-188599, 291 -1-188626,
Fax: 291 -1-188550,
E-mail: info@asmara.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia:

P.O. Box 1266, Higher 16 Kebele 22 House No. 283, Addis Ababa,
Tel.: 251 -1-460999, 251 -1-461953,
Fax: 251 -1-461961,
E-mail: info@addisababa.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Helsinki, Finland:

00170 Helsinki 71 Vironkatu 5 A, Helsinki,
Tel.: 358 -9-6812020,
Fax: 358 -9-1356959,
E-mail: info@helsinki.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Paris, FranceWEB-site

Israel Tourism Office in Paris, FranceWEB-site

Embassy of Israel in Tibilisi, Georgia:

61 D Agmashenebeli A. Ve. Tibilisi, 0102 Tibilisi,
Tel.: 995 -32-942705, 995 -32-951709, 995 -32-964457,
Fax: 995 -32-237133,
E-mail: info@tbilisi.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Berlin, GermanyWEB-site

Israel Tourism Office in Frankfurt, GermanyWEB-site

Israel Trade Center in Munich, GermanyWEB-site

Embassy of Israel in London, Great Britain and Northern IrelandWEB-site

Israel Information Office in Glasgow, Great Britain and Northern IrelandWEB-site

Embassy of Israel in Athens, Greece:

Marathonodromou Street 1 Paleo Psychico 15452 Athens,
Tel.: 30 -210-6719530, 30 -210-6719531, 30 -210-6722183,
Fax: 30 -210-6749510,
E-mail: info@athens.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Guatemala City, Guatemala:

13 Avenida 14-07 Zona 10, Guatemala City,
Tel.: 502 –3635665, 502 –3334624,
Fax: 502 –3336950,
E-mail: info@guatemala.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Holy See (Vatican):

Via Michele Mercati 12, 00197 Rome, Vatican,
Tel.: 39 -06-36198690/1/2,
Fax: 39 -06-36198626,
E-mail: info@vatholysee.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Budapest, Hungary:

Fullank Utca 8, 1026 Budapest,
Tel.: 36 -1-2000781, 36 -1-2000782,
Fax: 36 -1-2000783,
E-mail: info@budapest.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in New Dehli, India:

3 Aurngzeb Road, New Dehli,
Tel.: 91-11-23013238,
Fax: 91-11-23014298
E-mail: info@newdelhi.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Dublin, Ireland:

Carrisbrook House122, Pembroke Rodeballs Bridge Dublin,
Tel.: 353 -1-2309400,
Fax: 353 -1-2309446,
E-mail: info@dublin.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Rome, ItalyWEB-site

Indirizzo: Via Michele Mercati,14, 00197 Roma
tel: 06 36198500
Fax: 06 36198555
Orario di apertura Uffici Consolari: 09.00 12.00

Embassy of Israel in Tokyo, Japan:

3 Niban-Cho Chiyoda-Ku, Tokyo,
Tel.: 81 -3-32640911,
Fax: 81 -3-32640832,
E-mail: info@tokyo.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Amman, Jordan:

47 Maysaloun Street Rabiya,
P.O. Box 950866 Amman 11195, Jordan,
Tel.: 962 -6-5524680-8, 962 -6-5525170-5, 962 -6-5524689,
Fax: 962 -6-5525177,
E-mail: info@amman.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Almaty, Kazakhstan:

Dgeltoxan Street 87 Almaty
Tel.: 7-3272-506284, 7-3272-507215/6/7,
Fax: 7-3272-506283,
E-mail: info@almata.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Nairobi, Kenya:

Bishop Rode Nairobi, P.O. Box 30354 Nairobi,
Tel.: 254 -20-2710381, 254 -20-2711684,
254 -20-2716837, 254 -20-2722182/3, Fax: 254 -20-2715966,
E-mail: info@nairobi.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Riga, Latvia:

2 Elizabetes Street LV 1340 Riga,
Tel.: 371 –7320737/9, 371 –7323371,
Fax: 371 –7830170,
E-mail: info@rig.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Nouakchott, Mauritania:

Tevragh-Zeina Ilot-A-516 Nouakchott
Tel.: 222 –5254610, 222 –5258235,
Fax: 222 –5254612,
E-mail: info@nouakchott.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in MExico City, Mexico:

Sierra Madre No. 215, Lomas de Chapultepec 11000,
Mexico DF,
Tel.: 52-55-52011500,
Fax: 52-55-52011555,
E-mail: info@mexico.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Yangon, Myanmar:

15 `Khabaung St. Hlaing Township, Yangon
Tel.: 95 -1-515115,
Fax: 95 -1-515116,
E-mail: info@yangon.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Kathmandu, Nepal:

Bishramalaya House, Lazimpat Street, Kathmandu
Tel.: 977 -1-4411811, 977 -1-4419103,
Fax: 977 -1-4413920,
E-mail: info@kathmandu.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in The Hague, NetherlandsWEB-site

Embassy of Israel in Abuja, Nigeria:

Zone 4A, Asokoro, Abuja
Tel.: 234 -9-3143170,
Fax: 234 -9-3143177,
E-mail: info@abuja.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Oslo, Norway:

Parkveien 35, 0258 Oslo,
Tel.: 47 –21019500,
Fax: 47 –2101 9530,
E-mail: info@oslo.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Lima, Peru:

Natalio Sanchez No. 125, Piso 6, Santa Beatriz Lima
Tel.: 51 -1-43 34431,
Fax: 51 -1-4338925,
E-mail: info@lima.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Manila, Philippines:

23rd Floor, Trafalgar Plaza H.V.
De la Costa Street Salcedo Villamakati Metro Manila
Tel.: 63 -2-8925330/32, 63 -2-8940441/43,
Fax: 63 -2-8941027,
E-mail: info@manila.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Warsaw, Poland:

Ul. Krzywickiego 24, Warszawa 02-078 Warsaw
Tel.: 48 -22- 8250923, 48 -22-8252897
Fax: 48 -22-8251607,
E-mail: info@warsaw.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Lisbon, Portugal:

Rua Antonio Enes No. 16 Lisbon,
Tel.: 351 -21-3553640,
Fax: 351 -21-3553658
E-mail: info@lisbon.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Doha, Qatar:

56/11 IBN Al-Buhaturi St. P.O.B 22183 Doha,
Tel.: 974 –4689074, 974 –4689077,
Fax: 974 –4685258,
E-mail: info@doha.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Bucharest, Romania:

B-Dul Dimitrei Cantemir 1 Tronson 2+3 B2
Piata, Unirii, Bucharest,
Tel.: 40 -21-3304149/99
Fax: 40 -21-3300750,
E-mail: info@bucharest.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Moscow, Russian Federation:

Bolshaya Ordynka 56 P.O.Box 113095 Moscow
Tel.: 7-095-2306700
Fax: 7-095-2306768
E-mail: info@moscow.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Dakar, Senegal:

3 Place de L’Independance B.P., 2096 Dakar,
Tel.: 221 –8237965, 221 –8238355,
Fax: 221 –8236490,
E-mail: info@dakar.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Belgrade, Serbia & Montenegro

Bulevar Mira 47, Dedinje Beograd, Belgrade,
Tel.: 381 -11-3672400, 381 -11-3672401, 381 -11-3672402,
Fax: 381 -11-3670304,
E-mail: info@belgrade.mfa.gov.il

Economic and Trade Department of the Embassy of Israel, SingaporeWEB-site

Embassy of Israel in Pretoria, South Africa:

339 Hilda St. Hatfield, Pretoria,
Tel.: 27 -12-3485288, 27 -12-3485512, 27 -12-3480256,
Fax: 27 -12-3484216,
E-mail: info@pretoria.mfa.gov.il

Israel Tourism Office in Seoul, South KoreaWEB-site

Embassy of Israel in Madrid, SpainWEB-site

Embassy of Israel in Stockholm, Sweden:

Torstenssonsgatan 4, 11456
P.O. Box 14006, 10440 Stockholm,
Tel.: 46 -8-6630435,
Fax: 46 -8-6625301,
E-mail: info@stockholm.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Bern, Switzerland:

Alpenstrasse 32, 3006 Bern,
Tel.: 41 -31-3563500, 41 -31-3563501,
Fax: 41 -31-3563556,
E-mail: info@bern.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Taipei, Taiwan:

Suite 2408 24F, Intl. Trade Building No. 333,
Keelung Road, Sec. 1, Taipei,
Tel.: 886 -2-27579692,
Fax: 886 -2-27577247,
E-mail: info@taipei.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Bangkok, Thailand:

Ocean Tower II, 25th Floor, Sukumvit Soi 19 Bangkok 10110,
Tel.: 66 -2-2049200,
Fax: 66 -2-2049255,
E-mail: info@bangkok.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Ankara, Turkey:

SOK Mahatma Gandi 85 Ankara,
Tel.: 90 -312-4463605,
Fax: 90 -312-4468071,
E-mail: info@ankara.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Kiev, Ukraine:

G.P.E. – S Lesi Ukrainki 34252195 Kiev,
Tel.: 380-44-2948108, 380-44-2961731,
Fax: 380-44-2949748,
E-mail: info@kiev.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Washington, United States of AmericaWEB-site

Permanent Mission of Israel to the United Nations in New York – WEB-site

Embassy of Israel in Montevideo, Uruguay:

Boulevard Artigas 1585 Montevideo,
Tel.: 598 -2-4004164/5/6,
Fax: 598 -2-4095821,
E-mail: info@montevideo.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Tashkent, Uzbekistan:

3 A. Kahhar Street, Tashkent,
Tel.: 998 -71-1205808/9, 998 -71-1205810/1,
Fax: 998 -71-1205812,
E-mail: info@tashkent.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Caraca, Venezuela:

Avenida Francisco de Miranda Centro Empresarial de Miranda,
Ap. 4, Of. D, Los Ruices, 70081 Caracas,
Tel.: 58 -212-2394510/11,
Fax: 58 -212-2394320,
E-mail: info@caracas.mfa.gov.il

Embassy of Israel in Hanoi, Vietnam:

68 Nguyen Thai Hoc Hanoi
Tel.: 84 -4-8433140-3,
Fax: 84 -4-8435760,
E-mail: info@hanoi.mfa.gov.il

Why Must Pro-Israel Mideast Wars Be Jump-Started With Initial Fabricated Reports of Mass-Murder of Babies?

[SEE: THE KUWAITI INCUBATOR HOAX]

“we investigated and then dismissed the obviously false tales of hundreds of babies thrown out of incubators by Iraqi troops.”

What we actually know about the viral report of beheaded babies in Israel

One journalist from the Tel Aviv-based news channel i24 said a soldier told her they had “witnessed… bodies of babies with their heads cut off” at the Kfar Aza kibbutz near the Gaza border – but no Israeli officials have confirmed the claim.

Image:Garden equipment left abandoned after the attack on the Kfar Aza kibbutz

Reports that Israeli soldiers discovered babies that had been beheaded in the Kfar Aza kibbutz are circulating on social and traditional media outlets around the world.

The Israeli Defense Forces (IDF) invited foreign journalists to see the aftermath of a massacre by Hamas militants at the kibbutz on Tuesday.

Sky’s Stuart Ramsay was among those to go and see “stretcher-bearers bringing out a small child” and a basketball court with “bodies lined up in black body bags”.

But in her TV reports, one journalist from the Tel Aviv-based news channel i24 said a soldier had told her they had “witnessed… bodies of babies with their heads cut off”.

In a statement to Sky News, the IDF said: “We cannot confirm any numbers. What happened in Kibbutz Kfar Aza is a massacre in which women, children and toddlers and elderly were brutally butchered in an ISIS way of action.”

Ramsay: ‘They’re going house-to-house looking for traps’

What happened at the kibbutz?

The Kfar Aza kibbutz is one of several self-contained Israeli settlements close to the Gaza border.

It is located between Netivot and Sderot around three miles from the border in southern Israel.

Because of its proximity to Gaza and the unprecedented nature of last weekend’s incursion, which saw Hamas militants breach the usually-heavily-guarded border on foot – it was one of the first sites they reached on Saturday.

Four days later, journalists got to see the destruction left behind.

Chief correspondent Stuart Ramsay said the scene “can only be described as massacre”.

“The stories here are shocking – families being woken without warning to voices outside their houses, mums and dads hiding their children in cupboards, wine cellars and basements, husbands and wives becoming separated in the fight,” he says.

He adds that it took 17 hours for help to arrive, as the IDF focused on urban areas first – leaving residents defenceless and numbers of dead high.

Image:A property inside the Kibbutz
Image:Garden equipment left abandoned after the attack on the Kfar Aza kibbutz

Why are there reports of ‘babies being beheaded’?

Claims Hamas fighters beheaded babies have only been reported by one journalist – Nicole Zedek from i24 – and have not been verified by Sky News.

Ms Zedek was among the reporters invited to see what was left at the kibbutz on Tuesday.

In one live broadcast, which has since been viewed millions of times on X, formerly known as Twitter, she says: “Talking to some of the soldiers here, they say what they witnessed as they’ve been walking through these communities is bodies of babies with their heads cut off and families gunned down in their beds.

“We can see some of these soldiers right now, comforting each other.”

He says: “They cut off heads… of children, of women.”

And in another live broadcast, Zedek describes “40 babies at least were taken out on gurneys” – which is where the widely shared 40 figure comes from.

In an interview with Sky’s Mark Austin on Tuesday evening, Israeli economy minister Nir Barkat echoed a similar claim: “We’ve seen just now… we’ve heard of 40 young boys. Some of them were burned alive. Some were beheaded. Some were shot in the head.”

CBS News in the US said on Wednesday that Yossi Landau, head of operations at Zaka, Israel’s volunteer civilian emergency response organisation, confirmed to them he had “personally seen” adults, children and babies beheaded.

But when asked directly whether “40 babies were beheaded”, an IDF spokesman said children were killed – but that reports of beheadings were “unconfirmed”.

Israeli soldiers carry the body of a victim of an attack by militants from Gaza at Kibbutz Kfar Aza, in southern Israel, October 10, 2023. REUTERS/Ronen Zvulun
Image:Israeli soldiers carry body bags inside the kibbutz
Body bags inside the Kfar Aza kibbutz. Pic: AP
Image:Body bags inside the Kfar Aza kibbutz. Pic: AP

 

It was later reported by at least one major TV news network that the reports of babies being beheaded had been “confirmed” by a spokesperson for the Israeli prime minister’s office.

This was subsequently attributed to Tal Heinrich, a freelance news anchor who appears to have been drafted in by Benjamin Netanyahu’s office on 8 October to assist with media relations in the wake of Hamas’s attacks a day earlier.

The only available public statement on the matter from Ms Heinrich at the time of writing was an interview she conducted with LBC on Wednesday, in which she was asked about the claims.

Ms Heinrich, who was quoted by LBC as a spokesperson for Mr Netanyahu’s office, said: “Toddlers, babies, I can tell you some of them… yes, heads were cut off. This is what we are hearing from… soldiers on the ground who dealt with the bodies.”

Replying to a later post on X linking to a story citing her comments, she said on Wednesday evening: “Please note: We said that these reports are based on testimonies of soldiers”.

‘Important to separate facts from speculation’

Stuart Ramsay interviewed two IDF majors – one of whom was a spokesman.

Ramsay said: “At no point did either he, or the other major I spoke to, ever mention that Hamas had beheaded or killed 40 babies or children. I believe that if it were the case, they would have told me and others there.

“There is no doubt that a horrific attack took place at Kfar Aza, and it needed to be reported, and we did see the bodies of the dead from the community in their houses, in the back of a truck, and on the basketball court.

“But it’s important to separate the facts from speculation in a situation like this.

“To reiterate – the IDF had every opportunity to inform the world’s media of any story that had become apparent as the military continue to clear up the kibbutz. The murder and beheading of 40 children was never mentioned to me or my team.”

And another journalist, Oren Ziv, who works for independent news outlet 972 mag, was also present and given the opportunity to speak to “hundreds of soldiers on site”.

In a post on X, he said of the baby claims: “During the tour we didn’t see any evidence of this, and the army spokesperson or commanders also didn’t mention any such incidents.”

Adding to the confusion, the White House was forced into a remarkable climbdown on Wednesday night after President Biden appeared to confirm that he had seen pictures of children being beheaded in the Hamas attack.

In a speech to a Jewish community gathering in Washington, which was televised live, he said: “I never really thought that I would see, have confirmed, pictures of terrorists beheading children, I never thought I would ever, anyway…”

However, after Sky News’ US partner NBC approached the White House for further details on President Biden’s remarks, two senior administration officials said Biden was only referring to several media reports from Israel about beheaded children and had not seen images or had independent confirmation of child beheadings.

He had not in fact seen any images or had independent confirmation of child beheadings.

Digital investigations journalist Victoria Elms, who works on Sky’s Data and Forensics unit, adds: “Social media has been awash with misinformation about the situation in Israel and Gaza since the war broke out.

“Videos from the Syrian conflict, excerpts from video games and TikToks made months ago have all been widely shared, falsely claiming to show events from the past few days.”

She says that misinformation is often shared “unintentionally”, but that “there are some who post and share false material with the intent to deceive others.

“This is especially dangerous during times of conflict, where it may be even harder than usual to independently verify information or footage.

“As the conflict draws on, we would urge users to be vigilant when consuming online content related to the war.”

U.S. Naval Forces To Copy Chinese S. China Sea Tactics, Preparing Massive Landgrab of Southern Pacific Island Chains

  • Washington’s new pacts with three island states will establish a second island chain of attack as a complete sphere of influence in breach of international law and its own interpretation of freedom of navigation

If you are interested in world politics, the geopolitics of the Asia-Pacific, China and the United States, what’s the most enlightening source you have come across recently?

Well, let me share mine. But bear with me because you will probably roll your eyes and yawn. That was my reaction because the title itself put me half to sleep when an erudite source referenced it to me: “[US] Senate Energy Committee Hearing on Compact of Free Association Amendments Act.”

I know, the title doesn’t invite enthusiasm, but this two-month-old, one-hour and 40-minute clip has been viewed more than 7,100 times on YouTube, so those in the know recognise its importance. In fact, it has enormous implications for the US-China rivalry in the Pacific that we are rarely, if ever, told about.

If you think you know Washington’s real positions on such matters as exclusive economic zones (EEZs), freedom of navigation (FON) in open or international waters, and territorial waters – all being definitions crucial to what we are told about China’s expansionism in the South and East China seas – you really should watch this clip.

COMPACT OF FREE ASSOCIATION AMENDMENTS ACT OF 2023–read the bill

First, what are the Compacts of Free Association? Second, why has the White House rolled out the red carpet with President Joe Biden personally meeting leaders of the Pacific Island states this week?

These tiny islands have been routinely ignored for decades until China supposedly started spreading its influence in the region, for example, by making the security deal with the Solomon Islands.

The Pacific island summit this week includes Australia, Cook Islands, Federated States of Micronesia, Fiji, French Polynesia, Kiribati, Nauru, New Caledonia, New Zealand, Niue, Palau, Papua New Guinea, Republic of the Marshall Islands, Samoa, Tonga, and Tuvalu.

But the compact refers specifically to the strategic, defence and economic pacts which Washington has long made with the Marshall Islands, Palau and Micronesia. While those pacts don’t expire per se but may be terminated by the parties, most US economic aid and subsidies will expire on Saturday while others will end next year. Palau and Micronesia have already renewed their pacts; the Marshall Islands is expected to be on board with a sweetened deal from Washington.

Manila and Washington work together to deter China with military upgrades
23 Sep 2023

Hence there was the need for the Compact of Free Association Amendments Act 2023. The Solomon Islands did not take part in this week’s summit.

All very well. With the Chinese closing in, why shouldn’t Washington step up aid and military assistance to counter Chinese influence? Well, it’s much more than that.

While notionally sovereign, those island states have been de facto US overseas colonies, as the pacts allow the US to take full defence and strategic control of their lands, seas and air.

As it turns out, and the video clip makes clear, the US now considers the new pact as entitling it to control almost the entire central Pacific by virtue of its control of the three island states’ EEZs. This amounts to a new interpretation which allows the US the right to deny other countries or entities from sailing into those zones.

(Go to 49 min, 30 seconds on the YouTube clip for a very clear and concise map of the full extent of maritime control the US is asserting with the new pacts.)

Thus Republican senator and ranking committee member John Barrasso said: “The compacts provide us with strategic denial rights. This means the United States has the exclusive authority to make national security decisions on the lands and waters surrounding the freely associated states. The space outlined on this map in orange is the exclusive economic zones of the freely associated states … It’s nearly as large as the continental United States.”

US Deputy Assistant Secretary of Defence Siddharth Mohandas then elaborated on Barrasso’s remarks: “The combined maritime expanse covered by the freely associated states is equivalent to the size of the continental United States, in a key strategic terrain in the Indo-Pacific. What we get from Title 3 of the compact are two fundamental things: One is unfettered access, access to bases and overflight, which allow freedom of operations in the area. And the second is exclusive access: we have the ability to deny foreign military access and their ability to operate in the exclusive economic zones of the freely associated states. This is critically important at a time when China is increasingly active and aggressive throughout the Indo-Pacific.”

While Taiwan falls within the first island chain of attack or containment against mainland China, the whole of the central Pacific, not just the second island chain within it, is now effectively a US sphere of influence.

Joseph Yuosang Yun, the US special presidential envoy for compact negotiations, made this point at a separate presentation at the Washington-based Hudson Institute in April.

He explained that the Freely Associated States lying between Hawaii and the Philippines are crucial to the United States remaining a Pacific power.

“[The Marshall Islands, Palau and Micronesia] are the second island chain in defining its historic territorial claims across the Pacific,” Yun said. “Anyone with ambitions wants to control [the] waterways.”

Well, he would say that, wouldn’t he? In great power rivalry, none of those claims are particularly outrageous; indeed, rather quite understandable. However, the US has claimed both the legal and moral high grounds with respect to EEZs and freedom of navigation, including its naval access, through China’s EEZs. The argument is that anyone can, by international law, sail through anyone else’s EEZs.

new article in Foreign Policy in Focus explains this point quite well: “In fact, US officials have long taken the position that exclusive economic zones must remain open to navigation. Across the world, they have promoted ‘freedom of navigation’, which they have presented as the freedom of ships to sail the world’s oceans and waterways wherever the law allows, including in the exclusive economic zones of other countries.”

Just to clarify some terms, sovereign or territorial waters, the maritime equivalent of sovereign land, extend from shores to 12 nautical miles. From there out to 200 nautical miles is what people usually call EEZs.

As the same article has pointed out, using a country’s navy and/or those of its allies, as the US has frequently done, to sail through others’ EEZs to demonstrate FON is not only provocative, but in breach of international law.

As stated in Articles 87 and 88 of the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea, “the high seas shall be reserved for peaceful purposes”.

Of course, the US position is to have its cake and eat it too. It has never ratified the UN convention, yet claims it fully supports it and has unscrupulously cited it against others who have signed and ratified it when it suits Washington’s purpose.

But with the renewed Pacific island pacts, it has gone beyond the “having your cake and eat it too” hypocrisy; it is claiming the exclusive right of denial to access by other countries’ navies and possibly other maritime assets to the island states’ EEZs, a right Washington has denied to others. And yet, it claims those island states are “sovereign”!

Moreover, as the Foreign Policy in Focus has observed, the new expansive interpretation of EEZ strategic control contradicts the US government’s own previous interpretation. According to the US General Accounting Office (GAO) in 2002, the pacts only allow US exclusive defence and strategic control of the island states’ territorial land and waters, but not EEZs.

Of course, those of us who have made a serious study of the history of US foreign policy would not at all be surprised. US self-defined exceptionalism has always been a case of “do as I say not as I do”.

But when it comes to the fate of the region if not the world, this stealthy US exceptionalism and expansionism need to be broadcast as widely as possible so the world knows the terrible danger to which Washington’s rivalry with China is exposing all of us.

Putin Positions Wagner Paramilitary Forces Near Suwalki Gap, NATO’s Achilles Heel

Suwalki Gap

Some of the Wagner mercenaries who recently relocated to Belarus have moved towards the Suwałki Gap – a strategically important choke point on the border between Poland and Lithuania – says Polish Prime Minister Mateusz Morawiecki.

He warns that fighters from the Russian private military group will be used to mount “further hybrid attacks” against Poland by helping migrants illegally cross into Polish territory and even themselves entering disguised as such migrants.

“For almost two years, we have been dealing with a permanent attack on the Polish border,” said Morawiecki today. “This year alone there have been over 16,000 attempts to cross the border illegally by immigrants, whom Lukashenko and Putin [the presidents of Belarus and Russia] are trying to push over the Polish border.”

“But now the situation is becoming even more dangerous: we have information that over 100 mercenaries from the Wagner Group have moved towards the Suwałki Gap, near Grodno in Belarus,” he added, speaking during a press conference at an arms manufacturer in Silesia.

“This is certainly a step towards a further hybrid attack on Polish territory,” said the prime minister. “They will probably be disguised as Belarusian border guards and will help illegal immigrants to get to Polish territory, to destabilise Poland.”

“But presumably, they will also try to infiltrate Poland, pretending to be illegal immigrants, they will try to pass through, penetrate, and this creates additional risks,” he warned.

 

Yesterday, Ukraine’s National Resistance Centre reported that 100 Wagner fighters had moved towards the Suwałki Gap with the aim of “organising provocations on the border of Belarus with Poland and Lithuania”. It noted that the mercenaries “have experience in smuggling and transporting illegal migrants”.

Lithuania’s deputy interior minister, Arnoldas Abramavičius, announced that the presence of Wagner forces could lead both his country and Poland to entirely close their borders with Belarus.

“We will not let any little green men run around here,” said Polish interior minister Mariusz Kamiński on Thursday during a visit to the border, referring to the soldiers used by Russia during its occupation of Crimea in 2014. “Such a situation will never happen. We are well organised and prepared.”

 

The Suwałki Gap, which lies between the Russian exclave of Kaliningrad and Belarus, a close Kremlin ally, has long been seen as a potential weak point for NATO in a war with Russia. After Moscow’s invasion of Ukraine last year, some media outlets began calling it “the most dangerous place on earth”.

Since the start of Russia’s war in Ukraine, Poland has strengthened security along its borders with both Kaliningrad and Belarus.

In the latter case, it had started to do so even earlier, after Belarus began orchestrating a crisis in mid-2021 that has seen thousands of migrants and asylum seekers – mainly from the Middle East, Asia and Africa – try to cross into the EU.

 

After Minsk offered sanctuary to Wagner fighters and their leader Yevgeny Prigozhin following their short-lived rebellion in June, Poland responded by sending additional forces to the border with Belarus.

Earlier this month, Wagner mercenaries began holding training exercises with Belarusian special forces near the border, though Warsaw said at the time that there was no reason to “panic”.

However, in further remarks today at a “family picnic” organised by the government, Morawiecki warned that “Wagner’s troops are ruthless criminals, often recruited from prisons”.

“They are ruthless killers, as they have shown in Africa, in the Middle East, in Ukraine,” he continued, quoted by news service 300Polityka. “Now they are on the borders of Poland.”

 

“Imagine, for a moment, that PO [the main opposition party] had somehow won the 2019 elections,” said the prime minister. That would mean Poland having an “unguarded border” and PO leader Donald “Tusk waiting for instructions from Berlin on what to do”.

By contrast, the current Law and Justice (PiS) government is “defending the whole border with determination precisely so that illegal immigrants do not flood Poland”, added Morawiecki.

Recent weeks have seen PiS and PO clash over the issue of migration amid campaigning for this autumn’s parliamentary elections. Each has accused the other of supporting policies to allow large numbers of Muslim migrants into the country.

During his remarks today at the arms manufacturer, Morawiecki also accused Tusk of being too friendly towards Russia and Germany during his time as prime minister. The PO leader is “a very dangerous man”, said Morawiecki, quoted by the Polish Press Agency (PAP).

Notes from Poland is run by a small editorial team and published by an independent, non-profit foundation that is funded through donations from our readers.

Mahathir Mohamad takes West to task over Russia, China in FCCJ

Mahathir Mohamad takes West to task over Russia, China in FCCJ

appearance

Former Malaysian Prime Minister Mahathir Mohamad speaks at the FCCJ in May. Photo: ©Yoshikazu Tsuno

In his most recent press conference at the FCCJ on May 24, the former Malaysian prime minister, Dr Mahathir bin Mohamad, delivered a strong indictment of what he suggested is the unjustified presumption by Western nations that they are best qualified to run the world.

Despite being 97, he gave little impression of slowing down, offering penetrating intellectual analysis, up-to-date knowledge of global affairs and fluent delivery. All of his faculties were still in place and matched those of a much younger man.

He has also retained his ability to deliver acerbic comments, such as when he suggested that Europeans “like going to war to settle quarrels”, while Southeast Asians generally prefer negotiation, and when he attacked the presumption of certain Western powers in seeking to set global priorities and agendas.

Mahathir, who was in Tokyo to speak at a Nikkei Asia regional conference on Asia, drew quite a large crowd at the FCCJ and attracted many questions from the floor.

Mahathir, Malaysia’s prime minister from 1981 to 2003, and then again from 2018 to 2020, responded to questions with forthrightness, fluency, politeness and political maturity, confirming his reputation as an elder statesman of Asia. They are qualities that stand in stark contrast to the style and actions of many contemporary national leaders.

Former Malaysian Prime Minister Mahathir Mohamad speaks at the FCCJ in May. Photo: ©Yoshikazu Tsuno

Mahathir called for a “new model” of government prevent a third world war and, possibly, the destruction of the planet and its people. The global population has now reached 8 billion, but this has not been matched by people’s ability to govern themselves, he said.

Migration is creating multiracial societies that create economic and social strains, but governments have not learned to deal with population growth and diversity, he said. Tribalism, he said, had given rise to nation states and nationalism, but not globalism, in government.

As a result, a handful of major powers has assumed the right to govern globally and is “attempting to politicize all issues” or even to “bring about regime change” in countries that do not agree with their views, he said, adding that those major powers seek to run the world without consultation”.

Mahathir called for a “world government” elected from all countries, as well as a similarly democratic agreement on laws governing international (but not always domestic) aspects of government behaviour.

“We have to work at it, slowly, and learn to act as if we are one country,” he said. “We need a slow merging of nations, in the same way that we went from tribalism to becoming nation states.”

He held up the 10-member Association of Southeast Asian Nations as a model of a group of nations that have successfully cooperated on external affairs and avoided overt conflict and war for many decades.

Mahathir contrasted this with the accelerating drift toward economic or even military confrontation among the world’s great powers, and the growing risk that many smaller nations could be dragged into conflicts. “Going to war is not a solution,” he said, adding that the only viable option is sincere and continued negotiation.

There is “powerful pressure now to get the rest of the world to oppose Russia and China,” but this should be resisted, Mahhathir said, before offering an analysis of the factors behind the war in Ukraine and tensions surrounding Taiwan.

After the 1965 Warsaw Pact between the Soviet Union and seven other Eastern Bloc countries was dismantled, the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) should have been dismantled too, he said. Instead, Western powers led by the United States have sought to get former Warsaw Pact nations to join NATO. This pressure extended to Ukraine, and “Russia responded by attacking Ukraine”, he said.

Asia, by contrast, is “not at war”, he said, adding that Taiwan was formerly “quite friendly” with China until other tensions were stoked.

“We should not allow ourselves to be manipulated by great powers,” he said in tones reminiscent of the 1980s when, as prime minister of Malaysia, he called for the formation of an East Asian Economic Caucus (EAEC) excluding the U.S., only to have Washington (and Japan) reject the proposal.

Since then, various organizations have been formed to include both Asian and Western countries. They were supposed to bring together countries with common interests, but Western powers have used these forums to “take decisions that favour themselves”, Mahathir said.

“A meeting of like-minded countries is like talking to yourself,” he added. “America is telling everyone to please confront China, but if neutral countries such as Malaysia can be friendly with China, why can’t others? We should slowly reduce the enmity we have with other countries.”


Anthony Rowley is a columnist and contributor for the South China Morning Post.

N.C. POWER STATION TERRORISM ATTACK Takes Place In Center Of Ongoing “Robin Sage” War Games…How?

[The Second Robin Sage exercise is still ongoing (Special Forces candidates to participate in Robin Sage exercise across 25 NC counties) , centered i Moore Co., N.C….so how did the terrorist saboteurs attack and make clean escapes without alerting these OnDuty US Special Forces Units?]

“The exercise starts Oct. 7 and continues until Nov. 5, with Special Forces candidates spending the final two weeks in the field for the exercise.”

NC POWER OUTAGE AREA MAP

Most of Moore County still without power. Restoration will take days, Duke Energy says

Saturday night’s attack on two power transmission substations in Carthage and West End

Robin Sage Map 
“The news release stated the training will be held in Bladen, Cumberland, Harnett, Hoke, Lee, Moore and Robeson counties.

Other North Carolina counties for the exercise are Alamance, Anson, Brunswick, Cabarrus, Chatham, Columbus, Davidson, Guilford, Montgomery, New Hanover, Randolph, Richmond, Rowan, Sampson, Scotland, Stanly, Union and Wake counties.”

 

Special Forces candidates to participate in Robin Sage exercise across 25 NC counties

Rachael Riley

The Fayetteville Observer
Special Forces candidates assigned to the U.S. Army John F. Kennedy Special Warfare Center and School engage enemy role players during the final phase of field training known as Robin Sage on April 26, 2022.

Another round of candidates will try to earn the green beret as their final test for the Special Forces Qualifications Course will be held this month.

The exercise, known as Robin Sage, will be held across multiple North Carolina and South Carolina counties, a news release from the John F. Kennedy Special Warfare Center and School stated.

“We appreciate the support and consideration of the public, extended to the soldiers and role-players participating in the exercise and thank them for their patience and understanding of any inconveniences during this time,” the news release stated.

More:Fort Bragg military spouses try Special Forces Qualifications Course

The exercise starts Oct. 7 and continues until Nov. 5, with Special Forces candidates spending the final two weeks in the field for the exercise.

The training exercise is the final test for soldiers going through the Special Forces Qualification Course before moving on to an assignment with one of the Army’s Special Forces units.

Throughout the exercise, military and civilian personnel and community volunteers who serve as auxiliary actors will provide support as role-playing elements.

“This realistic training is critical to the successful completion of the students’ final assessment of skills and knowledge gained in the course,” the news release stated.

The news release stated the training will be held in Bladen, Cumberland, Harnett, Hoke, Lee, Moore and Robeson counties.

Other North Carolina counties for the exercise are Alamance, Anson, Brunswick, Cabarrus, Chatham, Columbus, Davidson, Guilford, Montgomery, New Hanover, Randolph, Richmond, Rowan, Sampson, Scotland, Stanly, Union and Wake counties.

Special Forces candidates assigned to the U.S. Army John F. Kennedy Special Warfare Center and School engage enemy role players during the final phase of field training known as Robin Sage on April 26, 2022, in central North Carolina.

Public safety coordination

On Feb. 23, 2002, a Moore County deputy who said he was not notified about the exercise shot two Robin Sage participants dressed in civilian clothing.  Army First Lt. Tallas Tomeny was killed and Sgt. Stephen Phelps was injured.

Tomeny’s estate settled a lawsuit against the Moore County Sheriff’s Office in October 2009. The terms of the settlement were not disclosed.

According to the suit, the soldiers believed the deputy was part of the Robin Sage exercise, and the deputy, unaware of the exercise, shot Tomeny during a struggle and Phelps as he tried to flee.

All of the exercise’s movements are coordinated with public safety officials within the municipalities and counties hosting the training now, according to the Special Warfare Center and School news release.

“Safety of students, role-players, and the public is the (command’s) top priority during all training events,” the news release stated.

Officials said controls are in place to ensure there is no risk to the public or property.

The safety protocols include notifying local law enforcement agencies, clearly marking training areas and vehicles, and students wearing civilian clothes will wear “distinctive brown armbands.”

Residents “are advised to steer clear of the student elements and role-players,” and may hear non-lethal ammunition sounds or see non-lethal flares, the news release stated.

More:New Fort Bragg commander to oversee training of Army special operation forces

Special Forces candidates assigned to the U.S. Army John F. Kennedy Special Warfare Center and School carry a simulated casualty during the final phase of field training known as Robin Sage on April 26, 2022, in central North Carolina.

The origin of Robin Sage

According to the “Pineland Underground” podcast released in March by the John F. Kennedy Special Warfare Center and School, Robin Sage is held four times a year.

The unconventional warfare exercise was first called Robin Sage in 1974, according to the Army, and replaced earlier exercises known as Operation Snowdrop, Cherokee Trail and Gobbler’s Woods.

Col. Stuart Farris, chief of staff of the JFK Special Warfare Center, said in the podcast that the training associated with Robin Sage has been around for 70 years.

Farris said the name comes from Col. Jerry Sage and was part of the first exercise held in Robbins in 1952.

Podcast cohost Maj. Bobby Tuttle said that Sage served during World War II and was a prisoner of war held by the Nazis. Sage spent time in the Office of Strategic Services and later commanded the 10th Special Forces Group.

Generations of North Carolina families have volunteered their time and land for the exercise as they portray guerilla fighters, Farris said.

More:Army veteran Willie McLeod helped teach Special Forces soldiers

During the exercise, Special Forces candidates are placed in an environment that simulates “political instability characterized by armed conflict,” to force the soldiers “to analyze and solve problems to meet the challenges.”

Tuttle said Special Forces candidates put into practice what they’ve learned in their 18 months of training in order to work with simulated indigenous populations who are the resistance force.

An enemy role player engages Special Forces candidates assigned to the U.S. Army John F. Kennedy Special Warfare Center and School as they assault a target during the final phase of field training known as Robin Sage on April 26, 2022, in central North Carolina.

Farris said the thing that he thinks makes Robin Sage “timeless” is that it’s about soldiers navigating uncertain situations.

More:USASOC gives community leaders a rare look at capabilities

Retired Master Sgt. Chris Rogers, who served as a Green Beret and is a survival, evasion, resistance and escape instructor at Fort Bragg, was also a guest on the podcast.

Rogers said he thinks the best part of the exercise is that it pushes soldiers to think critically when plans change.

“It’s just problem solving on the fly,” he said.

Staff writer Rachael Riley can be reached at rriley@fayobserver.com or 910-486-3528.

Twitter Spills the Beans On the Hunter Biden Cover-Up…..

[This is the first hard proof of conspiracy and collusion between the Democrat Party and the corporate media, to hide election-influencing evidence of criminal behavior between the Democratic Presidential candidate and his son, in order to subvert the coming national election. Coming after their previous unsuccessful conspiratorial plot to brand the Republican contender as an “Agent of Putin”, this Democrat/media conspiracy strong-armed social media bosses to suppress opinions and reports on the Hunter Biden revelations until after election day, to deceive the American voters and thereby steal the election.]

James Woods fires back at Twitter, vows to sue over censorship on ‘Tucker Carlson Tonight’

Woods says his Hollywood career was ruined by censorship following his speaking out on Hunter Biden’s laptop

James Woods’ Twitter account was targeted by Twitter at the request of the Democratic National Committee, according to findings by the company’s new CEO Elon Musk.

On Friday, Musk shared bombshell revelations about what took place at Twitter behind-the-scenes in a thread shared on the social media platform by independent journalist Matt Taibbi.

“Celebrities and unknowns alike could be removed or reviewed at the behest of a political party,” Taibbi wrote alongside a screenshot of an email exchange between Twitter employees.

James Woods

James Woods (Reuters)

“An additional report from the DNC,” one employee wrote on Oct. 24, 2020.

JAMES WOODS RETURNS TO TWITTER, IMMEDIATELY GOES ON TIRADE AGAINST AOC, OTHERS

The employee listed a link to a Tweet shared by user @stephen_liuhuan and a link to a Tweet posted by Woods’ official account.

In the screenshot, another Twitter employee replied on Oct. 25, 2020, “I grabbed the first one under SI…defer to Safety on the high profile second one.”

Both Tweets appear to have been deleted and user @stephen_liuhuan’s account is suspended.

Washington Free Beacon investigative reporter Andrew Kerr replied to the Taibbi’s Tweet, writing, “The Stephen_liuhuan tweet was a link to Hunter Biden weighing and using drugs, and another link to a Hunter Biden sex tape. The James Wood tweet is Hunter Biden smoking crack and getting a foot job.”

DEMOCRATIC REP. RO KHANNA EXPRESSED CONCERNS OVER TWITTER’S CENSORSHIP OF HUNTER BIDEN LAPTOP STORY

On Friday, as Musk continued to release his findings, Woods phoned in to Fox News’ “Tucker Carlson Tonight” and said he now plans to sue the Democratic National Committee over the damage done to his career after he was censored for speaking out on Hunter Biden’s laptop.

“I can guarantee you one thing more than anything else you’ll ever hear in your life: I will be getting a lawyer. I will be suing the Democratic National Committee no matter what,” he said.

“Whether I win or lose, I am going to stand up for the rights that every American – not a so-called celebrity. I’m not a celebrity — I’m hardly recognizable anymore because my career has been destroyed by these very people.”

“And I will sue. And I’m hoping other people will sue,” Woods continued. “And if it turns out there are a lot of us on this list where the DNC targeted us, then I will quote the immortal words of Joseph Welch when he attacked [Wisconsin Senator] Joseph McCarthy for the enemies list he had – ‘At long last or have you no shame?””

Fox News Digital reached out to the DNC for a comment on James Woods’ intent to sue. The DNC had yet to respond as of late Friday night.

Woods also had a direct message for President Biden. He asked the same question Welch, a chief U.S. Army lawyer, posed to McCarthy amid hearings centered around his endeavor to root out alleged Communists and Soviet sympathizers – “Have you, Mr. President – Have all of you, at last, no shame?”

Woods later remarked it was somewhat of a compliment that the Democratic Party-Big Tech alliance appeared fixated on him. He is a rare conservative in Hollywood.

“I think it is a compliment, but, it’s a big price to pay. It’s not a lot of fun. I loved my career for 50 years. I was happy to be an award-winning and honored and appreciated actor, and I miss my career,” he said.

He called those who allegedly orchestrated the censorship “vermin” who have no respect for American values like freedom of speech.

Woods claimed Hollywood casting directors actively seek out people who follow his social media in order to blacklist them from film.

He commented on how he once sued a man who called him a “cocaine addict” on Twitter. Woods won.

“Someone said, why would you do it? I said I’m going to defend my name… And if I have to be the flag bearer for this, then so be it. I’ll be proud to do it.”

Musk had promised to bring greater transparency to Twitter since he officially took over in October, including shedding light on why the company took the unprecedented step of limiting and blocking sharing of the Post’s story on Hunter Biden’s laptop in 2020, weeks before his father was elected president. It appears he is living up to his pledge.

Woods is known for being one of Hollywood’s most outspoken conservatives. The 75-year-old actor frequently shared his political opinions and has been a longtime critics of Democrats.

CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR THE ENTERTAINMENT NEWSLETTER

In May 2019, Woods declared that he would no longer be using Twitter after claiming that the social media platform had removed a Tweet that he refused to delete.

The two-time Academy Award nominee’s account had been locked the previous month after he reportedly tweeted, “‘If you try to kill the King, you better not miss.’ #HangThemAll.”

CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP

“Twitter demanded that I rescind my tweet paraphrasing Emerson,” Woods said at the time in a statement to The Daily Wire. “It now seems they have chosen to delete that tweet from my account without my permission. Until free speech is allowed on Twitter, I will not be permitted to participate in our democracy with my voice. As long as Jack Dorsey remains the coward he seems to be, my Twitter days are in the past.”

Fox News Digital’s David Rutz contributed to this report.

Two Large Submarines Visited Site of Nord Stream Explosions Immediately Before Pipeline Sabotage

‘Dark Ships’ Emerge From the Shadows of the Nord Stream Mystery

“According to the analysis by satellite data monitoring firm SpaceKnow, the two “dark ships,” each measuring around 95 to 130 meters long, passed within several miles of the Nord Stream 2 leak sites. “We have detected some dark ships, meaning vessels that were of a significant size, that were passing through that area of interest,” says Jerry Javornicky, the CEO and cofounder of SpaceKnow. “They had their beacons off, meaning there was no information about their movement, and they were trying to keep their location information and general information hidden from the world,” Javornicky adds.–WIRED

Do NATO navies possess submarines of the lengths witnessed on site?

YES…the British Astute class measures 96 meters, while the USS JIMMY CARTER measures 138 meters…each ship is used by naval special forces for sabotage operations.


ROYAL NAVY Astute Class Submarine (S119), 318′ 3″,  96.9264 meters

Royal Marines launch commando raid from Astute class submarine during Arctic exercise

US NAVY USS Jimmy Carter (Seawolf Class Submarine, Modified SSN-23),

453′, 138.1 meters

The US Navy’s only operational sub named after a president has been doing top-secret missions for 17 years

Secretive U.S. Navy Submarine Went on a Dangerous Mission

America’s Most Secret Spy Sub Returned To Base Flying A Pirate Flag

We Now Have Details On The USS Jimmy Carter Spy Submarine’s Secret Mission

WIKI

Electric Boat was awarded an $887 million extension to the Jimmy Carter contract on 10 December 1999 to modify the boat for testing new submarine systems and classified missions previously carried out by USS Parche.[4] During modification, her hull was extended 100 feet (30 m) to create a 2,500-ton supplementary middle section which forms a Multi-Mission Platform (MMP). This section is fitted with an ocean interface for divers, remotely operated vehicles (ROVs), and special operation equipment; ROV handling system, storage, and deployment space for mission systems, and a pressure-resistant passage between the fore and aft parts of the submarine to accommodate the boat’s crew.[5][6][7]

Jimmy Carter has additional maneuvering devices fitted fore and aft that allow her to keep station over selected targets in odd currents. Intelligence experts speculate that the MMP may find use in missions as an underwater splicing chamber for optical fiber cables.[8][9][10][11]

On September 26, 2022, a severe drop in pressure in both NS1 and NS2 was associated with a rupture in both pipes due to sabotage.

 

The Russo-Ukrainian “gas relations”

The Columnist 

The Russo-Ukrainian "gas relations"

In terms of its impact and consequences, the destruction of Nord Stream 1 and 2 gas pipelines is on a par with the 9/11 attacks on the twin towers of the World Trade Center or the Reichstag fire. The admissibility of infrastructure warfare involving what appears to be the deliberate destruction of undersea pipelines and electric cables changes everything: the global agenda, evaluation criteria, decision-making rules, and even a notion of what normalcy is. As the crisis of subjectivity unfolds, the world is changing, too.

We are once again reminded of an old but long-forgotten adage that whenever oil, gas or coal is concerned, there is always talk of war. When it comes to controlling and rule-setting, the key link in any model has to do with mobility, that is, logistics, transportation services and lanes. In economic terms, space and time are merely two manifestations of the same essence expressed in money as costs and benefits.

On the eve of World War I, Winston Churchill briefly summarised this idea by saying that domination was the price of the oil deal he negotiated to ensure a steady flow of Persian oil for Britain. Throughout the industrial age, this has been the name of the game.

The Russo-Ukrainian "gas relations"
English politician, statesman, Prime Minister of Great Britain Winston Leonard Spencer Churchill.

Oil is a universal commodity at the heart of the global economy. It is primarily an investment vehicle with a certain degree of security to ensure its supply. The former (i.e. investment) cannot exist without the latter (i.e. security). In essence, natural resource rent is redistributed from surplus countries to deficit countries, with energy rent serving as its fundamental link and key driving force of the global economy.

The above concept is fairly simple, but after years of brainwashing designed to objectify the nature of money as a measurement system, it is, sadly, not so evident today. The blasts that destroyed the Nord Stream pipelines have brought us back to the origins of the global market, revealing how the system really works. Being a force majeure event, the destruction of the gas infrastructure has dramatically changed Europe’s energy, economic and political landscape and the entire world overnight.

The first hybrid warfare

Following the blasts in the Baltic Sea, Russia is now facing a dilemma. To fulfil its contractual obligations, it must either increase LNG supplies, which is impossible or increase gas transit flows through Ukraine to cover the supply shortfall. Germany alone is to buy 40 billion cubic meters of Russian gas a year on a take-or-pay basis.

However, a potential 45% increase in gas flow costs via Ukraine is only part of the problem. The devil is in the detail – the Third Energy Package says there should be at least two pipeline gas suppliers.

It is still quite likely that all European countries, especially Germany, may need Russia to pump more gas via Ukraine. If Russia agrees, Gazprom, the Russian gas export monopolist, will have to sell 50% of its gas to Ukraine before it reaches Europe. Times have changed – evaluation criteria are no longer based on economic considerations.

In this scenario, Ukraine and the European Union will take advantage of the Third Energy Package. If Gazprom gives in again and chooses to toe the line “under the circumstances” just as it has done before, this stance is bound to have catastrophic consequences.

The destruction of the Nord Stream pipelines was decades in the making.

It all began with the collapse of the Soviet Union and the gas wars between Ukraine and Russia that ensued. After 1991, 95% of all Russian gas exports went via Ukraine. Kyiv took advantage of this by refusing to pay for gas even at deeply discounted prices. Russia claimed that as soon as it restricted gas supplies, Kyiv made what was called  “unauthorised withdrawals” or, in other words, stole gas from the transit pipelines.

Whenever gas supplies were disrupted, Europe pointed at Moscow and its gas monopoly. However, there was no big secret of Ukraine siphoning off the bigger brother’s gas. Ukraine claimed at its place that it had every right to do so.

In an interview with Der Spiegel in 2000, the then Ukrainian president Leonid Kuchma said: “Moscow annually pumps 130 billion cubic metres of gas through our country to the West. If a billion cubic metres is siphoned off here, it’s a tiny fraction.”

The Russo-Ukrainian "gas relations"
Soviet and Ukrainian political and statesman. Photo: gettyimages.

The first gas war broke out in 1993 and 1994 when Gazprom cut Ukraine’s quota several times. Then the second gas war took place in 1997 and 1998. This time Gazprom stopped direct gas deliveries to Ukraine, agreeing to provide Ukraine with gas flows required to cover its transit fees. In 2006, all gas supplies to Ukraine were cut. A turning point came in 2009 as Russia turned off the taps completely, cutting gas supplies to both Ukraine and the EU and stopping Ukraine from siphoning off EU-bound gas.

All these “wars”, whatever their timelines, had a few things in common. They were all triggered by Ukraine’s failure to pay its obligations, and invariably, any brokered solution to the crisis was always laden with certain implications of political nature.

As a result of the first such “war”, Ukraine recognised Russia as the legal successor of the Soviet Union with respect to the latter’s debts and assets.

Following the second “war”, Ukraine signed a Black Fleet agreement granting Russia a 20-year lease to several bays in the vicinities of Crimea’s Sebastopol and Feodosia, with the lease being tied to the repayment of Ukraine’s debt. In addition, Ukraine ceded to Russia 11 of its Tupolev Tu-160 and Тu-95MS bombers, about 600 airborne cruise missiles, and some ground-based “Soviet legacy” equipment.

The third war in 2006 came as a direct result of the 2004 elections in Ukraine. Russia’s bets at the time were on the win by then-Prime Minister Viktor Yanukovych, who had pledged to foster Ukraine’s further integration into Russia-led Common Economic Space. As an early incentive for this hoped-for partnership, Russia’s Gazprom signed a 5-year agreement with Naftogaz setting a fixed gas price of USD 50 per thousand cubic metres through 2009.

In the end, Viktor Yushchenko ended up being elected into office in the wake of the Orange Revolution. He renounced and disavowed all prior deals and proclaimed the course towards the country’s Euro-Atlantic integration as Ukraine’s priority. Soon after, Yushchenko began to actively explore options for getting gas from Turkmenistan. By that time, average European gas prices exceeded USD 150 per thousand cubic metres, making the fixed price of USD 50 appear nonsensical.

In 2006, Russia stopped all its gas deliveries to Ukraine, triggering a series of trilateral negotiations between Moscow, Kyiv, and Ashgabat. Ashgabat opted for a balanced approach by agreeing to supply gas to Kyiv at European-level prices and conditioning this on repayment of the USD 159 million debt owed by Ukraine. In other words, Turkmenistan rejected Ukraine’s advances. Russia finally agreed to sell gas to Ukraine at USD 65 until the end of 2006, despite having contracts to sell it to others for a price of USD 230.

Although the 5-year contract signed in the pre-election year of 2004 was set to expire in 2009, Ukraine was in no hurry to sign a new one. On January 1, 2009, Russia cut off its gas supplies to Ukraine; on January 5, it reduced the flow of gas intended for Europe; on January 7, it halted all gas deliveries altogether. On January 19, Yulia Tymoshenko, Ukraine’s prime minister, flew to Moscow.

The Russo-Ukrainian "gas relations"
Russian Prime Minister Vladimir Putin and Yulia Timoshenko shake hands after signing a gas agreement in Moscow, Russia, Monday, January 19, 2009. Photo: AP.

Following lengthy talks held between Tymoshenko and then Russia’s Prime Minister Vladimir Putin, a first-ever direct gas supply and transit agreement was signed for 2009-2019. After signing the agreement, Putin pointed to the need to explore alternate routes for shipping Russian gas to Europe. A year later, the Nord Stream 1 gas pipeline construction would get underway.

Commonalities in comparison

The link between the latest events in Ukraine, including the Maidan protests on Independence Square, the coup, the Crimea and the civil war that ensued, on the one hand, and Russian gas supplies to Europe and the 2009 gas contract, on the other, may at first glance appear to be far-fetched. We generally tend to view any events whose mechanisms are beyond our knowledge and comprehension as something far-fetched and inexplicable to us.

That said, the connection between the Russo-Ukrainian “gas wars” and the change in Europe’s gas infrastructure and logistics, in contrast with the “political” connection, doesn’t seem to surprise anyone or raise anyone’s objections.

After the first “war” in 1993, an agreement was signed in Warsaw initiating construction of the Yamal-Western Europe natural gas pipeline that was commissioned in late 1999 during the second “war”, reaching its full capacity in 2006 amidst the third “war”.

At the height of the second “war” in 1997, a Russia-Turkey agreement on the construction of the Blue Stream pipeline was signed, and a survey of the potential route of Nord Stream 1 on the bottom of the Baltic Sea was initiated.

The end of the third “war” in 2007 was followed by negotiations regarding the construction of the South Stream pipeline that was eventually renamed TurkStream.

The interconnectedness of infrastructures makes it tempting to adopt straightforward solutions and relegate Russo-Ukrainian “gas relations” to the level of strictly bilateral arrangements.

At the time of signing the milestone 2009 contract, Ukraine’s transit fell from 130 to 98 billion cubic metres per year.

By 2014, marked by the Maidan protests, this transit had dropped to an even lower level of 85 billion cubic metres, dropping further down to just barely over 40 billion cubic metres at the time of the explosions on the Nord Stream pipeline.

The attack on the Nord Stream pipelines has changed the balance dramatically and upped the role of gas transit through Ukraine to a survival, economic and otherwise, level for the European Union and the rest of Europe, for that matter.

The Ukraine situation has suddenly appeared to be making sense. All that needs to be done is to establish who might stand to benefit from these latest actions.

Part 2.

The Hunt

The Hunt The Nord Stream sabotage, part 2

Part 1.

Since the first Russo-Ukrainian “gas war” in 1993 and 1994, the gas relationships between the two countries have been a stalemate. Ukraine’s status as a major transit country helped bring the case into the political arena.

This is a stalemate for the producer and the consumer. It is advantageous for the transit country, the intermediary if the producer and the consumer cannot force it to fulfil its obligations. Ukraine does not fall under this definition. The question of who does, who acts as a global intermediary with impunity.

Given the Third Energy Package, the EU can’t be excluded from the Ukrainian formula. The discussions over the Third Energy Package initiated during the 2006 “gas war” and its entry into force was timed to coincide with the 2009 “war” and the signing of a direct 10-year contract between Russia and Ukraine.

The Hunt
Gazprom pipelines. Photo: TASS.

And there might be a catch: the discussions over the Third Energy Package started after Gazprom, the Russian gas monopolist, had renegotiated long-term contracts with European buyers in 2004. That is after Europe had secured gas supplies from Russia.

There are similar stories to bear in mind. The 15-year contracts’ end date concluded in 2004 overlaps with the 10-year “Ukrainian” contract finished in 2009. It looks quite conspiratorial if we note that Nord Stream 2 was planned to be completed by the end of these contracts in 2019.

The Third Energy Package established a single-oil-and-gas-buyer regime, shutting Gazprom out of the EU internal market. The elaboration of the Package was under steady political pressure from Ukraine or whoever might have been standing behind Ukraine.

The lead singer of the European aria at the Ukrainian orchestra was Berlin, which, if successful, would gain direct access to Russian resources. Germany was turning into the central gas hub, a major distribution centre in Europe with unlimited regulatory capacity. The country was about to become that intermediary between the producer and the consumer.

Some may also remember Hunter Biden was appointed to the board of directors of Ukraine’s GTS immediately after the Maidan. Therefore, it was not Ukraine that Berlin set its sights on, so it got punished together with Europe. The Nord Stream explosion buried German hopes to establish an independent economic project.

The Nord Streams sabotage occurred after German Chancellor Olaf Scholz’s failed trip to the Middle East in search of spare volumes of gas and oil. The trip showed that, for good or for bad, there is no real alternative to Russian energy supplies. Not only is there no spare capacity, but newly built capacities have already been contracted. So Germany basically would have needed to launch the Nord Streams pipelines at full capacity.

Germany might have been enjoying the status of Europe’s major economy for far too long, heavily relying on Russian gas and oil. Now Germany has to “wake up” due to an ending era of its economic leadership.

The hunt

As soon as the Nord Stream 2 gas pipeline project was announced, the “Nord Stream 2 hunt” began. And no wonder the project, by its scale and prospects, was massive. Fair to say, the political pressure and public scrutiny were enormous. Nord Stream 2 was on the media focus and the energy agenda.

The Hunt
It’s all about energy. Photo: Bloomberg.

Earlier this year, Germany was still hesitating about cancelling the project as it had been designed to meet the German industrial demands amid evolving energy issues.

However, Russia played by the American scenario, and the White House demanded a gas embargo. The European Union took a transition time until December to look for alternative suppliers. It turned out to be easier said than done. The German industry, traditionally considered the economic driver of the EU, would be hit first and most likely the most.

Scholz’s recent trip to the Middle East was probably the final straw. The Arab countries would not be as fast and easy to refocus from Asia to Europe.

The dominant market is the ruler

The explosion of the WTC towers shifted the issue of the existence of a modern model of the world market from the economic plane to the anti-terrorist one. The sabotage of the underwater communications of Nord Stream brought it into the field of global security.

Such a level of sabotage cannot simply be disregarded. This is not an act of aggression against a specific state, be it Russia or Germany. The pipelines are part of the vital European infrastructure.

The notion of “controlled chaos” became trivial and boring. However, the explosions of the Nord Streams might turn out to be handy for the ideologues of the modern global governance model.

The sabotage could be regarded as a backlash to Germany’s attempt to isolate itself from the general energy capital markets. It is not about the chaos but the approach and management tools. What a paradox: mess for the sake of governance. However, a specific method has been employed in the oil market and is now implemented in the gas industry. The model is called spot pricing.

Spot pricing is a trading method and a mechanism to interpret the present based on visions of the future, with the past as the central reference point. It is a struggle between short-term opportunities and strategic perspectives.

Spot pricing pulls funds out of long-term investments into immediate speculative transactions. The method has been used since 1986 in the oil sector.

Such market mechanisms are essential to rule economics and politics. Everything else, including Germany, Europe, Ukraine, Russia, explosions, or wars, are side effects.

 

Biden Launches Economic Act of War Against Chinese Electronics Industry

ZINGER KEY POINTS
  • Sanctions imposed by Biden prevents businesses from sending cutting-edge processors required to run efficient AI algorithms to China.
  • The sanctions require any U.S. citizen working in the Chinese semi industry to quit their jobs, or be at risk of losing U.S. citizenship.

The Biden administration unveiled a comprehensive strategy last week to move the U.S. forward and hold China back in the production of advanced semiconductors, virtually eliminating China’s semi industry overnight, escalating the high-tech battle with Beijing.

“Every American executive and engineer working in China’s semiconductor manufacturing industry resigned yesterday, paralyzing Chinese manufacturing overnight,” wrote Twitter user @lidangzzz, translated by Rhodium Group analyst Jordan Schneider.

“One round of sanctions from Biden did more damage than all four years of performative sanctioning under Trump.”

What happened: Yangtze Memory Technologies Co, a company owned by China, and 30 other semiconductor companies in China have been put to the Unverified List by the Bureau of Industry and Security, a division of the U.S. Department of Commerce.

Sanctions imposed by the Biden administration also prevent businesses from sending the cutting-edge processors required to run or train the most efficient AI algorithms to China.
Also read: US Said To Mull Sanctions On China To Deter Invasion Of Taiwan And It Could Be A ‘Far More Complex’ Exercise Than One With Russia

The extensive new regulations are intended to keep China’s AI industry in the stone age as the U.S. and other Western nations advance.

The limitations also prohibit the export of chip manufacturing tools and design software and forbid the top silicon fabs in the world, such as Taiwan Semiconductor Mfg. Co. Ltd.
TSM-4.10%+ Free Alerts

 and Samsung, from producing cutting-edge chips for Chinese businesses.

Why Did American Execs Resign? One of the provisions of President Joe Biden’s executive order is that any U.S. citizen or green card holder working in China cannot work in the Chinese semiconductor industry or risk of losing American citizenship.

According to the @lidangzzz thread, it is not just affecting Americans.

“Everyone from Lam Research Corporation  LRCX-7.53%+ Free Alerts  at Yangtze Memory left today, and on the 12th the Applied Materials, Inc.  AMAT-5.79%+ Free Alerts folks will leave as well — not just Yangtze, but also HLMC [Shanghai Huali Microelectronics], ICRD’s [Shanghai Integrated Circuit R&D Center Co], Jiading fab, [and] Hefei’s CXMT DRAM fab.”

ASML Holding NV  ASML-6.48%+ Free Alerts, one of the world’s most important semiconductor toolmakers, told U.S. employees to stop servicing Chinese customers.

“The starting point for this round of sanctions is to go all the way up the food chain and ensure the elimination of all American products and technologies from the entire ecosystem,” the thread reads.

Why It Matters: Taiwan Semi reduced its forecasts for capital expenditures and Applied Materials cut its outlook for revenue and profit following the sanctions. Both businesses said the demand for semiconductor products would decline.

Chinese officials described the U.S. limitations as a significant step intended to thwart the development of the nation. The decision might have wide-ranging effects, such as restricting the development of artificial intelligence that underpins algorithms for driverless vehicles, and other risks.


“This is what annihilation looks like: China’s semiconductor manufacturing industry was reduced to zero overnight. Complete collapse. No chance of survival,” the thread continued.

Benzinga’s Take: While the new sanctions are a sharp blow to China’s semi industry, U.S. leverage could fade eventually as Shenzhen, China’s innovation powerhouse, intensified efforts to develop its domestic chip sector by giving significant subsidies and financial incentives to semiconductor companies registered in the city.


Stay up to date on U.S. sanctions here

Photo via Shutterstock.

US SEC STATE Blinken Calls Terrorist Attack Upon NordStream Gas Arteries”tremendous strategic opportunity”

“My own sense – and I mentioned this the other day – is, look, there’s a lot of hard work to do to make sure that countries and partners get through the winter.  Europe itself has taken very significant steps to both decrease demand but also look at ways to pursue the transition to renewables at the same time.  And ultimately this is also a tremendous opportunity.  It’s a tremendous opportunity to once and for all remove the dependence on Russian energy and thus to take away from Vladimir Putin the weaponization of energy as a means of advancing his imperial designs.  That’s very significant and that offers tremendous strategic opportunity for the years to come, but meanwhile, we’re determined to do everything we possibly can to make sure that the consequences of all of this are not borne by citizens in our countries or, for that matter, around the world.”–US Secretary of STATE Antony J. Blinken describing terrorist cutting of European gas lifeline, NordStream 1 + 2 as

“tremendous strategic opportunity”

[SEE: Secretary Antony J. Blinken And Canadian Foreign Minister Mélanie Joly At a Joint Press Availability ;

 Moscow Catches Blinken Letting Slip US Motive for Sabotaging Nord Stream]

Both Nord Stream I + 2 Russian Gas Pipelines Ruptured By Underwater Explosions Overnight

[The violent destruction of the Nordstream 1 + 2 pipelines is a direct aggression against the people and interests of the European Union, as well as against Russia.  The entire world is aware that the European people had great hopes that they would be able to top-off all Euro storage facilities before the US forced closure of all Russian gas and oil to Europe.  And there will now be  no American gas available to meet the shortage and it will take a very long time to build new Qatari ships and lp facilities…the coming freezing of Europe will not be Russia’s fault.]

Underwater explosions were detected near Nord Stream leaks

  • An aerial picture of the gas leak in the Baltic Sea, taken from a F-16 fighter jet belonging to the Danish Armed Forces (Photo: Danish Defence)

Gas leaks in the Nord Stream 1 and 2 pipelines connecting Russia to Germany are being investigated by a crisis team set up by Sweden and Denmark.

Although the cause of the leaks has not been officially confirmed, measuring stations connected to the Swedish National Seismic Network (SNSN) detected powerful underwater explosions.

  • The Danish navy has placed three beacons over the Nord Stream 1 and 2 leaks to signal danger to passing vessels. (Photo: MarineTraffic)

“We do not know what the cause of the explosions is,” Michael Roth, a seismologist at SNSN, told EUobserver on Tuesday (27 September). “But we think the events are explosions and not just a burst [pipe] or leak because of the high-frequency signals.”

The first explosion was recorded at 02:03 on the night of Monday, and the second at 7:04 p.m. on Monday.

One of the explosions had a magnitude of 2.2 on the Richter scale and was registered at as many as 30 measuring stations in Sweden.

“Blasts and earthquakes can be distinguished by the type of seismic waves they emit. An earthquake of that magnitude would have lower frequencies than a blast,” Roth said. “The signals related to the two events are clearly explosions.”

“However, we can not deduce which source was used,” he said.

The Danish Royal Navy announced on Tuesday it had sent the frigate Absalon and the environmental ship Gunnar Thorson to patrol the waters and prevent vessels from entering the exclusion zones near the leak.

In an aerial picture posted by the Danish air force taken from an F-16 fighter jet, gas could be seen swirling to the surface in an area measuring about 1km in diameter. The smaller circle where the other blast took place is approximately 200 metres wide.

“We can see that a lot of gas is being released. So it is not a small crack. It’s a really big hole,” director of the Danish Energy Agency Kristoffer Böttzauw told Danish daily Berlingske.

Danish authorities on Tuesday raised the level of preparedness for energy companies. This requires them to do physical safety checks of the generator grounds several times a day.

“A leak is extremely rare, and it naturally causes strong concern. That is why we have raised the level of preparedness in Denmark,” Böttzauw said.

“It is hard to imagine that it is accidental. We cannot rule out sabotage, but it is too early to conclude,” Danish prime minister Mette Frederiksen said while in Poland, where she attended the inauguration of the Baltic pipeline which will connect the Norwegian gas grid to Poland.

‘Sabotage’

Her Polish counterpart Mateusz Morawieckiwas was less cautious. “Today we faced an act of sabotage, we don’t know all the details of what happened, but we see clearly that it’s an act of sabotage related to the next step of escalation of the situation in Ukraine,” he said.

When asked when divers would be able to investigate the leaks up close, the Danish Energy Agency could not immediately respond.

Bipartisan Blindness and the Illusion of “American Democracy”

It’s as-if voters want to remain deceived

Right now, most Governments do things that are commonly said to be evil when perpetrated by an ‘enemy’ country but which are simultaneously considered to be okay when one’s own Government does it. For example, the U.S. Government invaded Iraq in 2003 on the basis of purely lies (for which no one was held to account, and which lies were themselves subsequently lied-about by saying they had been only ‘intelligence failures’ though they weren’t at all that), but this same U.S. Government is now pouring the most vicious terms of condemnation upon today’s Russian Government for invading Ukraine after the U.S. anti-Russian military alliance NATO had announced unanimously on January 7th that Ukraine’s application to join that anti-Russian military alliance on Russia’s very border and thus to allow the U.S. Government to position its nuclear missiles in Ukraine within only a five-minute striking-distance from Russia’s central command in Moscow, was going to be accepted. If Russia fails to win control over enough of Ukraine so as to block that from ever happening, then the very real prospect will exist that the time-window for a U.S. blitz nuclear annihilation of Russia’s central command in Moscow will become far shorter than the half-hour time-frame for the Soviet Union to annihilate America’s central command in Washington DC was when JFK threatened Khrushchev with World War III if the Soviet Government were to place its missiles in Cuba. Obviously, that’s unacceptable for any country; it was unacceptable for Americans during the 1962 Cuban Missile Crisis, and it would be even more unacceptable for Russians today, because, whereas Cuba is 1,131 miles from DC, Ukraine is (at its nearest point to Moscow) only 353 miles from The Kremlin — and missiles today are far faster than they were in 1962.

America’s voters don’t want to acknowledge that they were fooled, by lying Presidents and by their stenographic ‘free press’ transmitting Governmental lies — they were thus deceived into invading and destroying Iraq in 2003, and Libya in 2011-, and Syria in 2011-. U.S. is globally the most frequently mentioned nation as being “the greatest threat to peace in the world today.” The biggest threat to peace isn’t Iran, and isn’t Russia, and isn’t China, and isn’t Venezuela, but it is, in fact, their mutually shared and actually aggressive enemy, the United States of America, which wants to dictate to them all — this imperialistic dictatorship demands to impose its ‘democracy’ throughout the world, as it has tried to do in hundreds of coups and invasions. It destroyed Iran’s democracy in 1953. It destroyed Guatemala’s democracy in 1954. It destroyed Chile’s democracy in 1973. And there are many other such instances, less well-known — including many even after the so-called ‘ideological’ Cold War ended in 1991. But the American people obviously don’t want to know, and don’t even care, about the ugliness of the Government that they allegedly ‘elect’ (but really do not — and they don’t want to know that, either). Americans aren’t physical slaves, but are mental slaves — they don’t even want to know the reality, of the regime that rules them.

As A.B. Abrams’s 2021 World War in Syria: Global Conflict on Middle Eastern Battlefields stated in its Chapter 1, regarding what was actually an obsession by the U.S. regime to take control over Syria as soon as the French imperial regime lost Syria in the wake of WW II, “The first [coup in Syria, the CIA’s actually second coup, the one in Thailand in 1948 having been its first-ever coup] was engineered by the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) against the government of President Shukri Al Quwatli.11 The [Al Quwatli] administration was targeted primarily due to its lack of enthusiasm for [actually its opposition to] a major American project, the Trans-Arabian Pipeline, which was intended to transport Saudi Arabian oil to Europe through Syrian territory. Quwatli’s replacement, a general with a ‘strong pro-French orientation’ named Husni Al Zaim, ran what Pentagon cables described as an ‘army supported dictatorship’ with a ’strong anti-Soviet attitude.12 His government approved the pipeline in its first week in power, but was overthrown five months later by colonel Sami Al Hinnawi whose short-lived administration was itself toppled by another colonel, Adib Shishakli, in December [1949]. Shishakli’s pro-Western government lasted four years before a coup deposed it and restored national elections. Al Quwatli was then re-elected in 1955, and his administration distanced itself from the West as a result of the CIA’s involvement in the original March 1949 coup.” This bit of history alone is sufficient to show that at the start of the CIA by U.S. President Truman in 1947, Truman’s Government was fixated upon robbing the peoples of other countries — which Governments it would label as being ‘communist’ though they were not and were ONLY trying to establish or continue democracy, which the U.S. regime would NOT allow — in order to enrich America’s own and allied billionaires, such as the Saudi royal family, and, of course, the U.S.-and-European billionaires who would ALSO get a cut into the marketing and distribution of the Saud family’s oil sales. Clearly, therefore, that bit of history constitutes virtually a proof that as soon as FDR died and WW II was over, Truman turned the U.S. Government into the U.S. regime that we know today, a hegemonic imperialistic-capitalist, or fascist, dictatorship by America’s super-rich as now constituting America’s aristocracy controlling the entire then-nascent growing U.S. empire — grab, grab, grab, all the way. For example: as was documented by the link at the opening here, the U.S. regime’s invasion of Iraq in 2003 was no mere fluke or ‘intelligence error’ (such as the billionaires’ media portray it) but instead it was just another part of the entire post-FDR U.S. global dictatorship, which constantly lies through its teeth in order to further enrich its insatiably grasping billionaires and their foreign business-partners, all being an international-gangland operation that they have the nerve to call ‘democracy’ (and, so, to insult that noble term).

Americans prefer to remain deceived, and to blame-the-victims — Iran, Russia, China, Syria, Venezuela, etc. — even as our Government imposes entirely unjustified and unjustifiable strangulating economic blockades (“sanctions”) against countries that America’s voracious and vicious megacorporate aristocracy (America’s billionaires) want to control, so as for those lands to become additional parts of the U.S. regime’s global dictatorship, and for those super-rich vampires to suck dry even of their independence.

This is a 1984 country, where white is black, good is bad, war is peace, deception is routine, and the masses are satisfied, with their intellectual enslavement, to these lies and liars — their masters.

Here’s an example:

On August 1st of 2019, the largest Republican Party online news-medium, Breitbart, headlined “Donald Trump: Tulsi Gabbard ‘Doesn’t Know What She’s Talking About’ on Al Qaeda”, and reported:

President Donald Trump criticized Rep. Tulsi Gabbard on Thursday for claiming that he was supporting Al Qaeda.

During the Democrat debate on Wednesday, Gabbard accused the president of betraying the American people on terrorism.

“We were supposed to be going after Al Qaeda,” she said. “But over years now, not only have we not gone after Al Qaida, who is stronger today than they were in 9/11, our president is supporting Al Qaida.”

Gabbard had asserted during the July 31st Democratic debate:

We were all lied to. This is the betrayal. This is the betrayal to the American people, to me, to my fellow servicemembers. We were all lied to, told that Saddam Hussein had weapons of mass destruction, was working with Al Qaida, and that this posed a threat to the American people.

So I enlisted after 9/11 to protect our country, to go after those who attacked us on that fateful day, who took the lives of thousands of Americans.

The problem is that this current president is continuing to betray us. We were supposed to be going after Al Qaida. But over years now, not only have we not gone after Al Qaida, who is stronger today than they were in 9/11, our president is supporting Al Qaida.

Donald Trump can’t stand the truth, and neither can Gabbard’s own Democratic Party voters, who refuse to recognize that their own beloved President Obama had been protecting Al Qaeda in Syria in order to overthrow Syria’s sovereign Government and replace it with one that would be appointed by the Saud family who own Saudi Arabia.

The scum that is at the top of the U.S. Government (including all recent Presidents) is bipartisan in supporting the Sauds and their Israeli ally, both of whom crave for America to invade and destroy Iran, which both of them consider to be their mortal enemy. Trump wanted economically to strangle Iran to death without physically invading it, but that’s hardly less barbaric, and less unjustifiable, than an outright invasion — and Iran never invaded nor even threatened to invade America. This is pure U.S. aggression, which is the American Government’s way. Israel and the Sauds aren’t rich enough to protect themselves? What? They really can’t protect themselves? (And Iran won’t attack either of them, unless it’s invaded; so: What’s all of this about, anyway, other than lies and power-grabbing, by the U.S. Government and its allies?)

One of the rare intelligent and well-informed readers at that Breitbart article commented:

windship  Doug Dannger • I’m not American, so am neutral on Gabbard, but most of the world that pays attention knows full well that al Qaeda owes it’s entire existence to the astounding generosity of three deceptive nations: the US, Israel and the KSA. Great teamwork produces things like 9/11.

Why don’t Americans know and understand what that person knew and understood? They refuse to. There are exceptions, of course, just as there are some Americans who know and understand that the U.S. regime is the biggest threat to peace throughout the world, but there are only few exceptions. The rest are mental slaves — they insist upon believing lies.

Also on August 1st of 2019, Fox News headlined “Tulsi Gabbard defends debate claim that Trump supports Al Qaeda”, and reported:

“Gabbard cited Trump’s “support and alliance with Saudi Arabia that is both providing direct and indirect support directly to Al Qaeda,” when she spoke to Shannon Bream of “Fox News @ Night” after the debate.” “’How can you say Saudi Arabia is a great partner in fighting terrorism when they are fueling and funding terrorist groups in Yemen?’ she added.” She said that Saudi Arabia is pushing for a war with Iran, which would be “far more devastating, far more costly” than the U.S. war in Iraq.

Most of the reader-comments there were pure partisan (i.e., suckered) bunk, like “Democrats never back down from a lie even when they’re proven wrong.” But one was partly realistic:

RobtheOld: Whose to blame on this one…Tulsi or Fox?  The Saudis have been giving money to Al Qaeda for years thru radical clerics [actually, even through Saudi princes’ own donations], under the table and not so under the table.  Clinton, Bush and Obama all knew this in real time.  What did they do about it?  What does she expect Trump to do about it?  The Saudis are one of our “best” friends in the region, or so the experts say..  I don’t see how that means President Trump is supporting Al Qaeda.  I do know that Tulsi once took a volcanic stone from the Big Island and that’s why Kilauea erupted.  That means Tulsi started the volcano, right?

The reality is that Gabbard spoke the truth. But Americans don’t want to know this. Trump, like Obama, was a supporter of the Sauds, and protected Al Qaeda. Even the neocon The Daily Beast acknowledged on 13 March 2017 (two months after Trump became President) “The American air campaign has notably not targeted al Qaeda in Syria, known as Jabhat al Nusra.” Trump continued Obama’s policy. Trump does whatever he can to place the Sauds in control of Syria. The U.S. regime lies through its teeth. And Americans believe it, each time, as if the U.S. Government’s track-record in its allegations regarding international affairs were good, instead of disgusting and loaded with lies. Donald Trump protects Al Qaeda in Syria, just as did Barack Obama.

Back on 4 April 2007, when the New York Times headlined “Pelosi Meets With Syrian Leader [Assad]”, Democrats approved but Republicans did not; but when on 26 January 2017 Rep. Gabbard met with him, the headline at CBS was “Rep. Tulsi Gabbard defends meeting with Syrian President Bashar al-Assad”, and she was not only condemned by Republicans, but abandoned by Democrats. PBS’s (Public Broadcasting System’s) 1 October 2020 interview with Gabbard opened with the interviewer saying that Gabbard had “infamously met with Bashar al-Assad.” The U.S. regime is in lock-down mode, now — bipartisan fascism — and its public just go along with this, don’t rebel against such propaganda; they instead subscribe to it. Not to be fascist is even treated as if that were to be unpatriotic. (This is like the McCarthyism period; but, this time, there’s not even the ideological rationalization for it, just sheer evil on the part of the perpetrators, plus callousness, if not disinterest, on the part of the public.) The American people accept a fascist regime; this has even become bipartisan fascism, in America. Never before has Americans’ self-deception been quite this pervasive. Only around 2% of Democratic voters were supporting Gabbard, and the media did everything they could to bring that number even lower. Right after the 31 July 2019 Democratic Presidential Primary debate, a ten-minute Anderson Cooper interview with her presented Cooper (at 5:10-8:10 in that video-clip) basically challenging her patriotism and even her decency, because she had met with Assad. This was blatant billionaires-hired prime-time CNN propaganda, to ditch her candidacy. Jamil Smith, of Rolling Stone, MSNBC, and The New Republic, said that her answers there, to Cooper, were “disqualifying”.

Americans today don’t mind invading and occupying a country on the basis of sheer lies. But then Americans become exercised with hatred against Russia when it invaded Ukraine after NATO insisted that Ukraine would become a member (and so there was the real prospect of U.S. nuclear missiles becoming positioned just a five-minute flight to annihilating Moscow) after Obama had couped and grabbed Ukraine in 2014 in what some have called “the most blatant coup in history.” Controlling the media is controlling the mass-mind, in a ‘democracy’. But such a country can’t be any democracy, because its public are mere mental slaves to whatever liars appeal to the biggest percentage of the public’s prejudices. In America, it comes down to Democratic Party lies, versus Republican Party lies. Just like with science itself, democracy can be based only on the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.

Investigative historian Eric Zuesse’s new book, AMERICA’S EMPIRE OF EVIL: Hitler’s Posthumous Victory, and Why the Social Sciences Need to Change, is about how America took over the world after World War II in order to enslave it to U.S.-and-allied billionaires. Their cartels extract the world’s wealth by control of not only their ‘news’ media but the social ‘sciences’ — duping the public.

The Four Horsemen of the 21st century: War, capitalism, fascism and mass death

The Four Horsemen of the 21st century: War, capitalism, fascism and mass death

Billionaires won’t give up on corporate rule. The angry masses embrace fascist demagogues. This won’t end well

Scales with dollars and skull with US flag (Getty Images/bestdesigns)

This article originally appeared at ScheerPost. Used by permission.

It is hard to be sanguine about the future. The breakdown of the ecosystem is well documented. So is the refusal of the global ruling elite to pursue measures that might mitigate the devastation. We accelerate the extraction of fossil fuels, wallow in profligate consumption, including our consumption of livestock, and make new wars as if we are gripped by a Freudian death wish. The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse — Conquest, War, Famine and Death — gallop into the 21st century.Those who rule, servants of corporations and the global billionaire class, accompany the suicidal folly by cementing into place corporate tyranny. The plan is not to reform. It is to perpetuate the corporate pillage. This pillage, more and more onerous for the global population, necessitates a new totalitarianism, one where the billionaire class lives in opulence, workers are serfs, rights such as privacy and due process are abolished, Big Brother watches us all the time, war is the chief business of the state, dissent is criminalized and those displaced by conflicts and climate breakdown are barred entry into the climate fortresses in the global north. Portions of the human species, the most privileged, will, in theory, hold out a little longer before they succumb to the great die-off.

The persecuted and the abandoned, now in the tens of millions, know the future. For them, the future has already arrived. Julian Assange, the most important publisher of our generation, whose extradition to the U.S. was approved last Friday by British Home Secretary Priti Patel, is an example of what will befall all publishers and journalists that expose the inner workings of power. His imprisonment for revealing the war crimes, mendacity, cynicism and corruption of the ruling class, including the Democratic Party, heralds a new era. Investigations into the centers of power, the life blood of journalism, will be a criminal offense.

It does not matter that Assange, who suffered a stroke and is in poor physical and psychological health, is not a U.S. citizen or that WikiLeaks is not a U.S.-based publication. It does not matter that all of Assange’s meetings with his attorneys were recorded by UC Global, the Spanish security firm at the Ecuadorian embassy where Assange lived for seven years, and turned over to the U.S., obliterating attorney-client privilege. The campaign against Assange, and I have sat in on hearings in London, is a Dickensian farce, the persecution of an innocent and heroic man, far more reminiscent of the Lubyanka than the best of British jurisprudence. He is being used to send a message: If you expose what we do we will destroy you.

Workers, whether in the vast sweatshops in China or the decayed ruins of the Rust Belt, struggle on subsistence wages without job protection or unions. They are cursed by trade deals, deindustrialization, austerity, rising interest rates and rising prices. They, too, know the future.

The decision to raise interest rates by three-quarters of a percentage point, with new rate hikes on the way, will further depress wages, which have stagnated for decades, increase unemployment and personal debt and make food and other basic necessities more expensive. Raising interest rates usually induces a recession. But the oligarchs are more than willing to extract blood from the working class. Inflation reduces investment returns. It disrupts leveraged financial strategies.

Prices are not rising because of wages.

The Fed’s decision to raise interest rates will depress wages, increase unemployment and make basic necessities more expensive. The oligarchs are more than willing to extract blood from the working class.

 They are rising because of supply shortages and price-gouging by corporations and oil conglomerates. U.S. corporations posted their biggest profit growth in decades by raising prices during the pandemic. Corporate pretax profits rose last year by 25 percent to $2.81 trillion, according to the Bureau of Economic Analysis. That’s the largest annual increase since 1976, according to the Federal Reserve. When taxes are included, last year’s corporate profit rose to 37 percent, more than any other time since the Fed began tracking profits in 1948.

Antitrust laws and breaking up monopolies would ease the strain of inflation and lower prices. Rationing would break inflation. So would a wage-price freeze. Nationalization, reversing the capture of public utilities, the health care system, banking and other services by corporations, would also blunt price rises. But the billionaire class is not about to impose measures that diminish their profits. They will keep their monopolies. They will keep their grip on what were once public assets. The message from the billionaire class is this: The economy is run for our benefit, not yours.

Ukrainians, enduring a war of attrition with the infusion of tens of billions of dollars of weapons from the U.S. and Europe, know the future. War is the chief business of the state. It enriches the arms industry. It expands the military budget. The U.S. now sends $130 million a day in military aid and assistance to Ukraine, part of the $55 billion in aid promised by Washington.

The U.S., struggling with societal breakdown and an ailing economy, sees its military as the only mechanism left to destroy global competitors, especially Russia and China. Russia, hemmed in by an expanding NATO in Central and Eastern Europe, and China, harassed by a succession of carrier groups in the South China Sea, which Washington has called a “national interest,” have been united as U.S. adversaries. China sees the waterways of Asia and the Pacific as part of its sphere of influence, as Russia sees Ukraine and other neighboring states. The aggressive military posturing of the U.S. on the borders of China and Russia has provoked an unnecessary cold war, one many Washington policy makers nonchalantly expect may evolve into a hot war amongst nuclear armed nations that would potentially obliterate life on the planet.

 

There is an intensifying scramble for control, with Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and China’s building of air bases from Japan to Australia along the Asian littoral, giving it the ability to attack warships, including aircraft carriers, in the western Pacific. The refusal of the U.S. to accommodate itself to a multipolar world and to stop chasing the chimera of unrivaled global hegemony has seen Russia and China solidify an alliance that cold warriors worked hard to prevent. The hostilities, a self-fulfilling prophecy by U.S. warmongers, delight the Washington establishment whose goal is to perpetuate endless war.

You know you are in trouble when Henry Kissinger, who has called for Ukraine to cede territory to Russia and open negotiations with Moscow “in the next two months before it creates upheavals and tensions that will not be easily overcome,” is a voice of sanity.

Despotic governments need an enemy to justify the repression of dissidents, the reduction and cancellation of social programs and the iron control of information. Wars justify the unjustifiable — black sites, kidnapping, torture, targeted assassinations, censorship and arbitrary detention — off-the-book war crimes. War induces a state of perpetual paranoia and fear. It demands mass obedience.

You know you’re in trouble when Henry Kissinger is a voice of reason. As Orwell wrote, “The war is not meant to be won, it is meant to be continuous.”

“The war is not meant to be won, it is meant to be continuous,” George Orwell writes in “1984.” “Hierarchical society is only possible on the basis of poverty and ignorance. This new version is the past and no different past can ever have existed. In principle the war effort is always planned to keep society on the brink of starvation. The war is waged by the ruling group against its own subjects and its object is not the victory over either Eurasia or East Asia, but to keep the very structure of society intact.”

The message of endless war is this: If you defy the ruling class, the militarists and the government, you are a traitor.

The 140 million people across the globe suffering from acute hunger, a result of the pandemic, the climate crisis and the war in Ukraine, know the future, along with the families of the 15 million people who died from the pandemic, hundreds of thousands of whom with proper prevention and medical care could have been saved. The refugees fleeing failed states and climate disasters — there could be 1.2 billion climate refugees by 2050 — in the global south know the future.

The message imparted to the poor, the vulnerable, the sick and the weak is this: Your lives and the lives of your children do not matter.

The oligarchs in the Democratic Party and the establishment wing of the Republican Party are aware they are in political trouble. Is it due to Russian meddling? Is it due to Donald Trump and his proto-fascist minions? Is it caused by journalists and publishers like Assange who give them a bad name? Is it a failure of messaging? Is it a lack of rigorous censorship of the far-right and leftist critics?

The Democratic Party, now united with the establishment Republican Party, is flailing around for a solution. It is bankrolling far-right candidates in the Republican primaries, a tactic that backfired on Hillary Clinton when her campaign worked during the primaries to promote Donald Trump as the Republican nominee. Retrograde Republicans, de facto members of the Democratic Party because they voted to impeach Trump, are being lionized as true patriots, as if they can lure people away from Trump and Trump-like clones. Robert Reich, along with other Democratic leaders, argues that Rep. Liz Cheney — who voted for Trump policies 93 percent of the time as a member of the House but now looks set to lose her bid for reelection in Wyoming — has “demonstrated more courage and integrity than any other politician in America” and might just be “the best president of the United States for the perilous time we’re entering.” Jonathan V. Last, in an article headlined “Mike Pence is an American Hero” in the Atlantic, writes that Pence “did more to protect democracy — both on January 6 and since — than any other person inside the Trump administration.”

Perhaps the expected Supreme Court ruling that will overturn Roe v. Wade will work in their favor. Perhaps the televised hearings on the Jan. 6 assault on the Capitol, an extended campaign commercial, will convince voters to support them. Perhaps the promise of more stringent gun laws will excite the electorate.

What can we possibly expect from a political party that believed Michael Bloomberg would save them from Bernie Sanders?

What can we expect from a party leadership that believed Michael Bloomberg, who has switched allegiance between the Democratic and Republican parties several times, would save them from progressives such as Bernie Sanders? What can we expect from a party leadership that anointed Joe Biden, who spent his political career dispossessing working men and women, building the world’s largest prison system, militarizing police, destroying the welfare system and funding military fiascos in the Middle East, as president?

The Biden administration is defined by failed expectations, from its stymied Build Back Better Plan to its refusal to raise the minimum wage. It is running on fumes, using gimmicks, empty rhetoric, spectacle and fear to intimidate the electorate.

The descent is pathetic to watch, reminiscent of the moment Romanian dictator Nicolae Ceaușescu tried desperately to placate an unruly crowd from the Balcony of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of Romania building by offering to raise pensions and family allowances by $2 a month. He and his wife were executed four days later. The discredited East German Communist Party, which like the Romanian revolution I also covered as a reporter, made similar empty gestures, promising to open its closed party headquarters to the public long after anyone cared.

The billionaire class, or at least many of them, would prefer to loot and pillage under the cover of the old political decorum and rhetoric. They like the fiction of paying homage to an emasculated democracy. It gives them the veneer of respectability.

But this is not to be. The rage of the betrayed is articulated by imbecilic demagogues vomited up from the social and political swamp. Corporations and the billionaire class will continue to exploit, but under a cruder and crueler authoritarianism. The social, political, economic and environmental breakdown will accelerate. Reality, increasingly unpalatable, will cease to exist in public discourse. It will be replaced by millenarian cults, such as the Christian fascists, and bizarre conspiracy theories, a retreat into magical thinking where evil is embodied in demonized individuals and groups that must be eradicated. Truth and lies will be indistinguishable. The vulnerable will be cast aside, blamed for their own misery, as well as ours. Those who resist will be criminals. Mass death will sweep across the planet. This is the world our children will inherit unless those who control us are wrenched from power.

Read more from Chris Hedges on war, peace and the future:

By CHRIS HEDGES

Chris Hedges is the former Middle East bureau chief of the New York Times, a Pulitzer Prize winner and a columnist at ScheerPost. He is the author of several books, including “America: The Farewell Tour,” “American Fascists: The Christian Right and the War on America” and “War Is a Force That Gives Us Meaning.” He previously worked overseas for the Dallas Morning News, the Christian Science Monitor and NPR, and hosts the Emmy-nominated RT America show “On Contact.”
MORE FROM CHRIS HEDGES

Waging the Imperial Economic War With No Regard For Unlimited Collateral Damage

“When the American Govt. made the decision to wage total economic war against Russia, Europe’s and one of the world’s top energy producers, it was obvious to any observer that there would be severe economic hardship inflicted upon all the people of Europe and anyone heating their homes with nat. gas or fuel oil. Like the many extreme and deadly hardships already visited upon the people of Ukraine by the American plan to use Ukraine to destroy Putin (Did US GOV Sacrifice Ukraine To Get Putin?), US leaders had zero concern for the hardships to be inflicted upon the world by this cowardly American foreign policy plot.”

EU in for another winter shock – Reuters

Diesel storage tanks are drying up ahead of a Russian oil ban, according to the media

EU in for another winter shock – Reuters

The European Union is heading into winter with seasonally low levels of diesel in storage tanks, Reuters reported on Friday, warning of major implications for the continent’s industries and drivers amid looming sanctions on Russian crude oil and refined product supplies.

The latest data from Wood Mackenzie shows the region’s stockpiles of road diesel, heating oil and other diesel-type fuel are set to dwindle this November to the lowest levels on record in data that goes back to the start of 2011.

According to a Reuters report, current prices trade at a premium to prices for future deliveries, which makes it uneconomical for traders to put diesel into storage and book a profit. “No one in their right mind would put diesel into tanks at those levels,” an unnamed European trader told the outlet.

The situation is deteriorating as the market is already tight due to refinery outages in Austria, which along with Germany and Switzerland is looking to build heating oil stocks ahead of winter.

Meanwhile, surging natural gas prices, which are encouraging a switch to oil products for power generation could also tighten the market further, FGE Energy warns.

The International Energy Agency on Thursday raised its forecast for oil demand growth for this year by 380,000 barrels per day (bpd) to 2.1 million bpd citing the gas-to-oil switch.

Reuters pointed out, citing data from energy analytics firm Vortexa, that Europe continues to rely heavily on Russia to satisfy its diesel demand. Statistics show that 60% of the region’s seaborne diesel imports originated from Russia last month.

And with no evidence that companies are stockpiling ahead of sanctions, “traders expect Europe to be in for a winter shock,” the media outlet wrote. It quoted another European trader as saying “Who knows what is going to happen [at the] back end of this year, early next – looks like it will be carnage for a bit.”

The European Union plans to stop buying all seaborne Russian crude oil from early December and will ban all refined products from the country two months later.

McConnell Wants Pelosi To Provoke China, By Going To Taiwan

“McConnell has never seen a war he didn’t like. When it comes to hawkishness and reckless bloodlust, Pelosi and Mitch are opposite sides of the same coin…they join hands for every war and argue publicly over a handful of issues. This is the state of American Democracy.”

McConnell says Pelosi would hand China a win if she sacks Taiwan trip after complaints

Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell said House Speaker Nancy Pelosi will provide China a “victory of sorts”​ if she backs off from an expected trip to Taiwan.

The Kentucky Republican was asked about the speaker traveling to Taiwan amid China’s threats and said there are other matters beyond the trip that should be discussed.

“If she doesn’t go now, she’s handling China a sort of a victory of sorts,” McConnell said at a Senate Republican leadership news conference on Tuesday.

Instead, he said the emphasis should be on making sure that the “weapons systems that they actually have meet the threat that they might actually have to endure. And that requires I think a good deal more emphasis on Taiwan defense than we’ve had.”

China, reacting this weekend to a possible visit by Pelosi later this summer, escalated its warnings to the US — even a possible military response.

China’s Foreign Ministry spokesman Zhao Lijian on Monday said: “We are seriously prepared.”

Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell was asked about the speaker traveling to Taiwan amid China's threats.
Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell was asked about the speaker traveling to Taiwan amid China’s threats.
Bloomberg via Getty Images
House Speaker Nancy Pelosi will provide China a "victory of sorts"​ if she backs off from an expected trip to Taiwan, according to Mitch McConnell.
House Speaker Nancy Pelosi will provide China a “victory of sorts”​ if she backs off from an expected trip to Taiwan, according to Mitch McConnell.
CQ-Roll Call, Inc via Getty Imag

Asked what that meant, he responded, “If the US side is bent on going its own way, China will take strong measures to resolutely respond and counteract.”

“The United States should be held responsible for any serious consequences,” he added.

Amid the heightened tensions, Taiwan’s capital Taipei staged air raid drills and the country’s military conducted joint air and sea exercises that involved the mobilization of tanks and troops on Monday.

Sirens blared throughout the city as people took to shelters and shops closed.  ​​

China has been adamant about the U.S. not getting involved in Taiwan-China affairs.
China and its Foreign Ministry spokesperson Zhao Lijian have been adamant about the U.S. not getting involved in Taiwan-China affairs.
VCG via Getty Images

“In recent years, Chinese military planes have frequently harassed Taiwan, and the war between Russia and Ukraine broke out in February this year,” Taipei Mayor Ko Wen-je told reporters, ​referring to fears that Beijing could follow Moscow’s example and invade Taiwan.

What do you think? Post a comment.

“All these things make us understand the importance of being vigilant in times of peace and we need to be prepared if there is war.”​

Liberals and Conservatives Find Unity In Distrust of Mainstream Media

“With this poll, we see confirmation that the majority of the American people do not trust corporate media, 85%. We the People have learned to see through big media’s claim that they are the defender of Democracy, when it is now obvious that Big Media’s purpose is to manipulate Democracy, as the path to subverting real Democracy at the polls. Corporate control of the American electoral process through money and the media demonstrates most clearly that America is NO LONGER a Democracy, it is just another authoritarian dictatorship…complete totalitarianism is next.”

A deeply polarized America is united in its ‘disdain and distrust’ of the media: Trey Gowdy

A Gallup poll from early July showed a majority of Americans don’t trust print or television media

“Sunday Night in America” host Trey Gowdy credited the media for managing to unite the country against them in a deeply polarizing political environment, citing a Gallup poll that found that 85% of the country has lost faith in print and television media.

POLITICO URGES READERS ‘DON’T BELIEVE POLLS SHOWING SINKING LEVELS OF TRUST IN THE MEDIA

TREY GOWDYI want to congratulate the media, they have managed to do that which seemed impossible. A pandemic could not do it, natural disasters can’t do it, war can no longer do it. But the media has done it. In a country rife with vision torn asunder with political fights, the media has brought about a glimmer of unity. The media has united the country in believing that the media is untrustworthy, unfair, and biased.

Disdain and distrust for the media cross geographical and generational and ideological boundaries. In other words, having no confidence in the fairness of media may be the single most unifying thing we have going for us. And when everyone thinks you are wrong, that should be cause for self-reflection, but not for the media. They don’t blame themselves, they blame you and the internet and lack of diversity, except of course, a lack of political diversity. The public does not trust media and believe that media is fair, because the media is not fair. It’s not complicated. The media doesn’t speak truth to power, the media tries to influence whose in power. The media isn’t a societal referee, it’s an active participant in the contest.

 A country and a culture cannot survive without fairness. We need… an impartial, neutral detached judge… Americans know fairness is a virtue. And we salute the humility of those who can call the game without trying to influence the game. 

If 90% of Twitter Users Are Opinion-Influencing Spambots, Then Twitter Is Military-Grade Brainwashing Weapon

“What this means, of course, is that Twitter, along with the rest of Big Tech, is little more than a social engineering tool to manipulate and brainwash the masses into believing the scripted reality that psychopaths are using to maintain control.”

‘90% Bots’: Elon Musk Reveals Twitter Is a Military Grade Psy-Op To Brainwash the Masses

Based on his assessment, Musk alleges that up to 90 percent of Twitter’s entire user base is fake. This situation has obvious implications for the valuation of the company. If most of the users are fake, advertisers will be far less interested in spending money to place ads on the platform. But the implications of the bot count don’t stop there and reveal much about the true, inner workings of Big Tech.

The Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) is likely behind the AI bot front on Twitter. Now that we know Twitter is controlled by spam bots, its not a stretch to assume the same spam bots are also likely present on Reddit, Facebook, Instragram, YouTube and TikTok.

After all, it’s no secret that the powers that be are conducting military-grade psy-ops on the public,” writes Vince Quill.

All of us have at one point or another encountered bots, sometimes it was obvious, other times not so much, but 90% of the users being bots is just beyond the pale.

Twitter’s bot check sample size was only 100 users, Musk reveals

What this means, of course, is that Twitter, along with the rest of Big Tech, is little more than a social engineering tool to manipulate and brainwash the masses into believing the scripted reality that psychopaths are using to maintain control.

If Musk can prove that Twitter is mostly fake, he will likely be able to purchase the company for a much cheaper price than his initial bid. But most importantly, the revelations that come out of this fiasco has exposed Twitter for the fraud that it has long been.

NewsTarget report: On May 13, Musk tweeted that he was going to take a random sampling of users to try to come up with an estimate for the number of bots on Twitter. The sample size he used was 100, which is apparently what Twitter uses internally for metrics purposes.

Twitter legal just called to complain that I violated their NDA (non-disclosure agreement) by revealing the bot check sample size is 100!” Musk wrote. “This actually happened.

According to Twitter, less than 5 percent of its platform is bots, but Musk believes otherwise. Who is correct? And more importantly, will the full truth ever be revealed, leading to justice on the matter?

So far, Twitter has failed to produce any actual evidence to back its claim that less than 5 percent of the platform is fake. And Musk still wants to know: Where’s the evidence?

The United States Could Not Win and Will Not Fight a War Against Russia

The United States Could Not Win and Will Not Fight a War Against Russia

IMETATRONINK

(Adapted from a Twitter thread posted July 1, 2022)

I continue to be convinced the US/NATO could never win and will never fight a war against Russia in eastern Europe – unless the #EmpireAtAllCosts death cult somehow seizes the reins of power, in which case, it will become the biggest catastrophe in US military history, and very possibly result in a civilization-ending nuclear war.

For me, one of the most intriguing aspects of the unprecedented levels of propaganda beclouding the ongoing Ukraine War are the incessant claims, from the very beginning, of the alleged strategic, tactical, and logistical ineptitude of the Russian military.

The theme of the bumbling Russians was clearly preconceived and coordinated, and commenced in earnest within the first 24 hours of hostilities. CIA/MI6 fronts like OryxBellingcat, and the war-mongering Kagan family propaganda mill The Institute for the Study of War have pumped out this narrative so relentlessly that it has now been almost universally enshrined as “received wisdom” in the western state-controlled corporate media and among large numbers of clueless, arms industry-compromised former generals – even to the point of entering into the body of assumptions embraced by many “experts” who I expected to be more discerning.

It has given rise to countless evidence-free myths, from the #FakeNews downing of two IL-76 jumbo transports packed with Russian paratroopers, to the persistent meme of thousands of Russian tanks and armored vehicles allegedly abandoned for mechanical breakdown, lack of fuel, or other logistical failures.

Ilyushin Il-76

One of the more inexplicable narratives included in this disinformation package has been the allegation that Russian troops are poorly trained conscripts who are thrown into the meat grinder with antique weapons, little ammo, and so little food they are literally starving.

These tall tales are then woven back into the main strand of the narrative: the Russian army is a disorganized mob of demoralized “orcs” whose only real talent is plundering household appliances, raping young women, and randomly gunning down old folks on the streets.

Attached to this constant refrain are repeated comparisons to the allegedly incomparable professionalism, organization, training, and weaponry of US/NATO forces.  The implication is that any undersized company of exceptional American soldiers would be more than a match for an entire oversized battalion of incompetent Russians.

I’ve concluded this unrelenting narrative must have as its aim the persuasion of the general public and policy-makers in NATO countries that western militaries are so vastly superior to their Russian counterparts that no one should entertain reservations about making war against them.

Connected to this theme is a recurring baseless assertion that the Russian nuclear arsenal is in a state of total disrepair, and that, were nuclear war enjoined, very few Russian missiles would even make it out of their silos, let alone fly long enough and straight enough to then be summarily dispatched by the fictional impenetrable American missile defense shield.

In other words, we have virtually nothing to fear from the bumbling Russians – that “gas-station masquerading as a country” – as the late Fighter Ace in Reverse John McCain was fond of saying.

And thus we continue to hear calls for immediate NATO intervention into the war; the establishment of a “no-fly zone” over Ukraine, and “boots on the ground” to teach the amateurish third-world Russian army a lesson it will not soon forget.

Never mind the numerous reports from western mercenaries and foreign legion volunteers who managed to escape back to their home countries after very brief and terrifying “tours of duty” in Ukraine, all of whom relate similar accounts.

They talk about encountering overwhelming firepower for the first time in their military careers, and they soberly warn anyone else thinking of embarking on a “safari” to kill Russians that it was “nothing like Iraq” and they feel very lucky to have made it out alive – often without ever firing their weapon, nor having even seen a Russian soldier.

Russian “Grad” rocket artillery striking Ukrainian troop positions.

Never mind also the fact that, to my knowledge, there are few if any conscripts among the Russian forces fighting in Ukraine, and few if any reports in Russian independent media sources of demoralized, under-supplied Russian battalions in any theater of the war.

Quite to the contrary, every indication I have seen suggests that Russian morale is sky high, both among the soldiers doing the fighting and the Russian public at home.  To be sure, there have been Russian casualties – they are, after all, going up against what was, on February 24, 2022, the largest and best-armed land force on the European continent (outside of Russia).

(Data Source: Global Firepower – Military Strength Comparisons)

Best estimates are ~5000 Russian Federation KIAs (killed in action) plus ~8000 of their DPR / LPR (Donetsk People’s Republic / Lugansk People’s Republic) allies, or ~13,000 KIA in total.

These numbers pale in comparison to the western propaganda “think tank” fantasies of ~100k total Russian casualties, including 35k – 50k KIAs, which, were it true, would be unmistakably reflected both in the morale of the army itself and the public at home – and it clearly is not.

Nor is any of this manufactured narrative consistent with the desperate and incessant Ukrainian appeals for massive replenishment of lost heavy weaponry, air-defense systems, and ammunition, as well as the total mobilization of poorly trained and equipped “territorial guard” troops and expansion of the conscript window to include boys, old men, and now even women.

On the other side, Russian troops are regularly rotated off the battlefield, rested and refitted, then returned to the front.  Russia has deployed ~15% of its total professional force, has not ordered a general mobilization, and has approximately the same number of soldiers in the theater that they started with (175k – 200k).

So I leave the reader to judge the facts of the matter in terms of Russian military ineptitude and massive logistical failures.

And with that preface, let’s turn to the primary question: could NATO fight and win a war against the Russians on this same battlefield?

My answer is an emphatic NO – for three distinct but equally disqualifying reasons:

1) There is zero persuasive evidence that NATO soldiers, weaponry, training, logistics, and command are superior to that of the Russians.

2) Sufficient NATO forces could NEVER be assembled, equipped, and sustained to defeat the Russians in their own backyard.

3) The very attempt to concentrate sufficient US forces in the region in order to take on the Russians would very likely result in the disintegration of the global American Empire and its massive network of overseas bases – thereby rapidly accelerating the already-in-progress transition to a multipolar world.

As to point #1 above, it bears repeating what I have argued multiple times in recent weeks: this war has seen the Russian military quickly evolve into a battle-hardened and quick-to-adapt fighting force.  The US has not faced such a force since World War II.

Many believe the US is a “battle-hardened” force. This is utter nonsense. Of the many thousands of troops currently manning US combat units, only a minute fraction has experienced ANY battle whatsoever, and NONE have experienced high-intensity conflict such as is taking place in Ukraine.

Indeed, I submit that one of the inadvertent and unforeseen byproducts of this war is that, even as the NATO-trained and equipped Ukrainian army has been devastated, the Russian army has been transformed into the single most experienced army on the planet.

Needless to say, this is NOT what US/NATO strategists intended to achieve. But it does explain why we now see them doubling-down on efforts to prolong this war – both to (hopefully) degrade Russian capabilities, and to buy time for themselves to determine what to do next.

You see, if NATO had to go to war today against Russia, and all their troops and equipment could be magically teleported to the battlefield, they simply could not sustain high-intensity conflict for more than about a month, as this excellent analysis persuasively argues: The Return of Industrial Warfare.

The zealous disciples of indisputable American military supremacy will undoubtedly reply:

“Overwhelming American air power alone would devastate Russian military capabilities in a matter of days; a couple weeks at most.”

The average Call of Duty warrior believes such nonsense, but I’m confident very few in the Pentagon harbor such delusions.

To the contrary, they understand perfectly well that Russian best-in-class air defenses would shred attempted US/NATO airstrikes. It would be a stunning massacre, the results of which after even the first 48 hours would see wiser heads calling for an immediate cessation of hostilities.

Not only that, but even attempted, but catastrophically failed NATO airstrikes against Russia would result in a massive series of counterstrikes against NATO bases and warships at distances never seen in previous wars. It would be a no-holds-barred affair.

Staging areas in Poland and Romania would be hit first and hardest, but strikes would very likely range over all of Europe and the Mediterranean. Russian missiles and submarines would sink several ships within hours, including, almost certainly, a US carrier.

This, of course, is the nightmare scenario – one which very conceivably risks an escalation to nuclear war.

But it also assumes that Russia would stand by idly as NATO concentrated forces in the region sufficient to launch a war in the first place.

In my estimation, the Russians would NOT sit back and watch the US/NATO methodically conduct a Desert Storm-style buildup over the course of a year (or more) – which is how long it would take to assemble a force large enough to launch a war against Russia.

Just as they preempted Ukrainian designs to retake the Donbass and Crimea, they would likewise strike NATO forces long before they reached a level of strength sufficient to conduct operations against Russia.

One final observation on this whole notion of the US/NATO making war against Russia:

People neglect to consider the fact that US forces are dispersed all around the world, in over 750 foreign bases of varying sizes and strategic importance.

US Overseas Military Bases

In other words, most fail to appreciate the fact that US military might is highly diluted, and the only way to possibly concentrate a force sufficient to take on the Russians would be to literally evacuate almost every significant US base on the planet.

Japan, Korea, Guam, Syria, Turkey, multiple African nations, etc. A massive power vacuum would be created all around the world, and would constitute an irresistible temptation for “hostile powers” to exploit.

It would spell the end of American global empire and hegemony.

Posted by 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

While Biden Talks-Up War Over Taiwan, Chinese and Russian nuclear bombers fly over Sea of Japan

Chinese and Russian nuclear bombers fly over Sea of Japan as Biden visits Tokyo Japan condemns joint exercise as ‘provocative’ and ‘unacceptable’ Russian and Chinese bombers pictured by Japan’s Air Self-Defense Force on Tuesday © Defense Ministry of Japan/Reuters

 

Australian Prime Minister Anthony Albanese, U.S. President Joe Biden, Japanese Prime Minister Fumio Kishida and Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi at a meeting.
Australian Prime Minister Anthony Albanese, President Biden, Japanese Prime Minister Fumio Kishida and Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi on May 24 in Tokyo, Japan. Photo: Yuichi Yamazaki / Pool/Anadolu Agency via Getty Images

China and Russia sent jets over the seas in northeast Asia on Tuesday in what Japan’s defense minister called a “provocative” and “unacceptable” move as President Biden was visiting the region, a senior administration official confirmed to Axios.

Driving the news: Japan says it scrambled jets as Chinese and Russian planes neared the country’s airspace while Tokyo was hosting the leaders of the Quad group that includes the U.S., Reuters reports.

  • Biden was meeting with the prime ministers of Australia, Japan and India, which along with the U.S. make up the Quad.
  • The exercise shows that China is continuing its military cooperation with Russia in the Indo-Pacific, the official told Axios.

What they’re saying: “We believe the fact that this action was taken during the Quad summit makes it more provocative than in the past,” Japan’s Defense Minister Nobuo Kishi said during a news conference that was broadcast online,” per Reuters.

  • The Pentagon and State Department didn’t immediately respond to a request for comment.

The big picture: The military activity signals that the partnership between China and Russia remains intact even as the war in Ukraine continues, the New York Times notes.

  • Bomber exercises such as this one are likely planned well in advance by both countries, per the official.

US is world’s ‘greatest propagator of disinformation’ – Sen. Rand Paul

[The US GOV already controls the Internet through its domination of all English-speaking corporate news sources throughout the US and the world, either through actual CIA penetration of their news bureaus, or the habitual American mainstream news tendency to “self-censor”, in order to comply with anticipated GOV narratives and desires. Now, it seems, any “foreign news” will be automatically censored by the new entity, in order to eliminate or discredit opinions or news counter to the GOV narrative. Following this mainstream news tendency to please their overlords, it is easy to see the inherent danger as a result, reflected in the current Ukraine war where years of denying and suppressing Russian warnings about implied NATO threats and encroachment upon Russian borders led directly to this conflict. Calling the Ukraine invasion “unprovoked” is lying, considering the fact that the Western side has been trying to provoke this war for several years.]

US is world’s ‘greatest propagator of disinformation’ – Senator

Washington has no right to tell its citizens what the truth is, Rand Paul claims

US is world's 'greatest propagator of disinformation’ – Senator

Due to its long track record of disinformation, the US government has no right to tell the American people what the truth is, Kentucky Senator Rand Paul has stated. He went to list a number of examples of where Washington had lied to its own people, and the rest of the world.

During a Senate hearing on Wednesday, Paul grilled Secretary of Homeland Security Alejandro Mayorkas over the so-called ‘Disinformation Governance Board’ his agency has announced to supposedly help social media platforms filter out ‘fake news.’

“Here’s the problem: we can’t even agree what disinformation is,” the Republican Senator pointed out. “You can’t even agree if it was disinformation that the Russians fed information to the Steele dossier.”

He was referring to the controversial and largely discredited report that relied on info from anonymous sources to allege collusion between the Donald Trump campaign and Moscow ahead of the 2016 presidential election in the US.

“If you can’t agree to that, how are we ever going to come to an agreement on what is disinformation, so that you can police it on social media?” Paul wondered.

“Do you know who the greatest propagator of disinformation in the history of the world is? The US government!” he insisted.

In order to back his claim, the Senator mentioned several examples of false information being deliberately spread by Washington over the past decades.

Among them were the so-called Pentagon Papers, which revealed that the US government had been misinforming the public about the scale of its military operations during the Vietnam War. The documents were officially declassified in 2011, but the media had been reporting on them since 1971.

Paul also mentioned “George W. Bush and the weapons of mass destruction,” referring to American claims that Saddam Hussein’s regime had been in possession of WMD, claims that were used by the US to justify the invasion of Iraq in 2003, but were never confirmed by findings on the grounds.

His other example was the Iran–Contra affair, which saw top US officials secretly organizing the sale of weapons to Iran in violation of an arms embargo between 1981 and 1986 in order to obtain money to fund the Contras insurgent group in Nicaragua.

“I mean, think over all the debates and disputes we’ve had over the last 50 years in our country. We work them out by debating them. We don’t work them out by the government being the arbiter,” the Senator said.

“I want you to have nothing to do with speech… You think the American people are so stupid they need you to tell them what the truth is?” Paul added.

The creation of the Disinformation Governance Board was announced in late April. According to the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), the new body would help counter disinformation, which is being spread by “foreign states such as Russia, China and Iran,” and by human traffickers operating on the US-Mexico border, among others.

The DHS gave assurances that it won’t be targeting US citizens. But critics were quick to nickname the board ‘The Ministry of Truth,’ after a fictional organization from George Orwell’s iconic dystopian novel ‘1984’.

Did US GOV Sacrifice Ukraine To Get Putin?

[US can’t absolve itself of responsibility for Putin’s Ukraine invasion]

[After 8 years of low-grade civil war between Ukraine and Russian-backed separatists in Novorussia (Donbass Region), Ukraine unilaterally escalated the war along the Donbass front in late February]

Repeating ’70s Strategy of Grand Chess-Master Brzezinski

Map showing Ukrainian troops concentrations on Eastern Ukraine’s border on eve of Russian invasion of February 24th, 2022. According to the Russian Deputy Foreign Minister, Ukraine had massed 122,000 troops on the border with Donbass. The Duma furthermore has claimed to have intelligence indicating that these troops were planning an offensive into Donbass, which the Russian invasion preempted. [Source: consortiumnews.com]

 

 

Guest Post by Pepe Escobar

By now it’s abundantly clear that the neo-Orwellian “Two Minute Hate” Russophobic campaign launched by the Empire of Lies after the start of Operation Z is actually “24/7 Hate”.
Vast swathes of NATOstan have been corralled into behaving like a Russophobic lynch mob. No dissent is tolerated. The full psyops has de facto upgraded the Empire of Lies to the status of Empire of Hate in a Total War – hybrid and otherwise – to cancel Russia.

Hate, after all, packs way more punch than mere lies, which are now veering into abject ridiculousness, as in U.S. “intelligence” resorting to – what else – lies to fight the info war against Russia.

If the propaganda overdrive has been lethally effective amidst the zombified Western masses – call it a “win” in the P.R. war – in the front where it really matters, inside Russia, it’s a major fail.

Public opinion support for both Operation Z and President Putin is unprecedented. After videos of torture of Russian POWs that caused widespread revulsion, Russian civil society is even bracing for a “Long War” lasting months, not weeks, as long as the targets of the Russian High Command – actually a military secret – are met.

The stated aims are “demilitarization” and “denazification” of a future neutral Ukraine – but geopolitically reach way beyond: the aim is to turn the post-1945 European collective security arrangement upside down, forcing NATO to understand and come to terms with the concept of “indivisible security”. This is an extremely complex process that will reach the next decade.

The NATOstan sphere simply cannot admit in public a series of facts that a military analyst of the caliber of Andrei Martyanov has been explaining for years. And that adds to their collective pain.

Russia can take on NATO and smash it to bits in 48 hours. It may employ advanced strategic deterrence systems unmatched across the West. Its southern axis – from the Caucasus and West Asia to Central Asia – is fully stabilized. And if the going gets really tough, Mr. Zircon can deliver his hypersonic nuclear business card with the other side not even knowing what hit it.

“Europe has chosen its fate”

It may be enlightening to see how these complex processes are interpreted by Russians – whose points of view are now completely blocked across NATOstan.

Let’s take two examples. The first is Lieutenant General L.P. Reshetnikov, in an analytical note examining facts of the ground war.

Some key takeaways:

– “Over Romania and Poland there are airborne early warning aircraft of NATO with experienced crews, there are U.S. intelligence satellites in the sky all the time. I remind you that just in terms of budgets for our Roscosmos we allocated $2.5 billion a year, the civil budget of NASA is $25 billion, the civil budget of SpaceX alone is equal to Roscosmos – and that is not counting the tens of billions of dollars annually for the entire U.S. feverishly unfolding the control system of the entire planet.”

– The war is unfolding according to “NATO’s eyes and brains. The Ukronazis are nothing but free controlled zombies. And the Ukrainian army is a remotely controlled zombie organism.”

– “The tactics and strategy of this war will be the subject of textbooks for military academies around the world. Once again: the Russian army is smashing a Nazi zombie organism, fully integrated with the eyes and brain of NATO.”

Now let’s switch to Oleg Makarenko, who focuses on the Big Picture.

– “The West considers itself ‘the whole world’ only because it has not yet received a sufficiently sensitive punch on the nose. It just so happened that Russia is now giving him this click: with the rear support of Asia, Africa and Latin America. And the West can do absolutely nothing with us, since it also lags behind us in terms of the number of nuclear warheads.”

– “Europe has chosen its fate. And chose fate for Russia. What you are seeing now is the death of Europe. Even if it does not come to nuclear strikes on industrial centers, Europe is doomed. In a situation where European industry is left without cheap Russian energy sources and raw materials – and China will begin to receive these same energy carriers and raw materials at a discount, there can be no talk of any real competition with China from Europe. As a result, literally everything will collapse there – after industry, agriculture will collapse, welfare and social security will collapse, hunger, banditry and chaos will begin.”

It’s fair to consider Reshetnikov and Makarenko as faithfully representing the overall Russian sentiment, which interprets the crude Bucha false flag as a cover to obscure the Ukrainian army torture of Russian POWs.

And, deeper still, Bucha allowed the disappearance of Pentagon bioweapon labs from the Western mediasphere, complete with its ramifications: evidence of a concerted American drive to ultimately deploy real weapons of mass destruction against Russia.

The multi-level Bucha hoax had to include the Brit presidency of the UN Security Council actually blocking a serious discussion, a day before the Russian Ministry of Defense struggled to present to the UN – predictably minus the U.S. and the UK – all the bioweapon facts they have unearthed in Ukraine. The Chinese were horrified by the findings.

The Russian Investigative Committee at least persists in its work, with 100 researchers unearthing evidence of war crimes across Donbass to be presented at a tribunal in the near future, most probably set up in Donetsk.

And that brings us back to the facts on the ground. There’s a lot of analytical discussion on the possible endgame of Operation Z. A fair assessment would include the liberation of all of Novorossiya and total control of the Black Sea coastline that currently is part of Ukraine.

“Ukraine” in fact was never a state; it was always an annex to another state or empire such as Poland, Austria-Hungary, Turkey, and crucially Russia.

The landmark Russian state was Kievan Rus. “Ukraine”, in old Russian, means “border region”. In the past, it referred to the westernmost regions of the Russian Empire. When the Empire started expanding south, the new regions annexed mostly from Turkish rule were called Novorossiya (“New Russia”) and the northeastern regions, Malorossiya (“Little Russia”).

It was up to the USSR in the early 1920s to jumble it all together and name it “Ukraine” – adding Galicia in the west, which was historically non-Russian.

Yet the key development is when the USSR broke up in 1991. As the Empire of Lies de facto controlled post-Soviet Russia, they could never have possibly allowed the real Russian regions of the USSR – that is, Novorossiya and Malorossiya – to be again incorporated to the Russian Federation.

Russia is now re-incorporating them – in an “I Did It, My Way” manner.

Vamos a bailar in European Puerto Rico

By now it’s also quite clear to any serious geopolitical analysis that Operation Z opened a Pandora’s box. And the supreme historical victim of all the toxicity finally let loose is bound to be Europe.

The indispensable Michael Hudson, in a new essay on the U.S. dollar devouring the euro, argues half in jest that Europe might as well surrender its currency, and go on like “a somewhat larger version of Puerto Rico.”

After all, Europe “has pretty much ceased to be a politically independent state, it is beginning to look more like Panama and Liberia – ‘flag of convenience’ offshore banking centers that are not real ‘states’ because they don’t issue their own currency, but use the U.S. dollar.”

In synch with quite a few Russian, Chinese and Iranian analysts, Hudson advances that the war in Ukraine – actually in its “full-blown version as the New Cold War” – is likely to last “at least a decade, perhaps two as the U.S. extends the fight between neoliberalism and socialism [meaning the Chinese system] to encompass a worldwide conflict.”

What may be seriously in dispute is whether the U.S., after “the economic conquest of Europe”, will be able to “lock in African, South American and Asian countries”. The Eurasia integration process, rolling in earnest for 10 years now, conducted by the Russia-China strategic partnership and expanding to most of the Global South, will go no holds barred to prevent it.

There’s no question, as Hudson states, that “the world economy is being enflamed” – with the U.S. weaponizing trade. Yet on the Right Side of History we have the Rublegas, the petroyuan, the new monetary/financial system being designed in a partnership between the Eurasia Economic Union (EAEU) and China.

And that’s something no puny Cancel Culture War can erase.

The Pimps of War

Volodymyr Zelensky playing piano with dick for five minutes

The Pimps of War

Chris Hedges

The unaccountable coterie of neocons and liberal interventionists who orchestrated two decades of military fiascos in the Middle East are now stoking a suicidal war with Russia.

“Whores of War,” original illustration by Mr. Fish.

By Chris Hedges
ScheerPost.com

The same cabal of warmongering pundits, foreign policy specialists and government officials, year after year, debacle after debacle, smugly dodge responsibility for the military fiascos they orchestrate. They are protean, shifting adroitly with the political winds, moving from the Republican Party to the Democratic Party and then back again, mutating from cold warriors to neocons to liberal interventionists. Pseudo intellectuals, they exude a cloying Ivy League snobbery as they sell perpetual fear, perpetual war and a racist worldview, where the lesser breeds of the earth only understand violence.

They are pimps of war, puppets of the Pentagon, a state within a state, and the defense contractors who lavishly fund their think tanks — Project for the New American Century, American Enterprise Institute, Foreign Policy Initiative, Institute for the Study of War, Atlantic Council and Brookings Institute. Like some mutant strain of an antibiotic-resistant bacteria, they cannot be vanquished. It does not matter how wrong they are, how absurd their theories, how many times they lie or denigrate other cultures and societies as uncivilized or how many murderous military interventions go bad. They are immovable props, the parasitic mandarins of power that are vomited up in the dying days of any empire, including that of the U.S., leaping from one self-defeating catastrophe to the next.

I spent 20 years as a foreign correspondent reporting on the suffering, misery, and murderous rampages these shills for war engineered and funded. My first encounter with them was in Central America. Elliot Abrams — convicted of providing misleading testimony to Congress on the Iran-Contra Affair and later pardoned by President George H.W. Bush so he could return to government to sell us the Iraq War — and Robert Kagan, director of the State Department’s public diplomacy office for Latin America — were propagandists for the brutal military regimes in El Salvador and Guatemala, as well as the rapists and homicidal thugs that made up the rogue Contra forces fighting the Sandinista government in Nicaragua, which they illegally funded. Their job was to discredit our reporting.

“Like some mutant strain of an antibiotic-resistant bacteria, they cannot be vanquished.”

They, and their coterie of fellow war lovers, went on to push for the expansion of NATO in Central and Eastern Europe after the fall of the Berlin Wall, violating an agreement not to extend NATO beyond the borders of a unified Germany and recklessly antagonizing Russia. They were and are cheerleaders for the apartheid state of Israel, justifying its war crimes against Palestinians and myopically conflating Israel’s interests with those of the U.S. They advocated for air strikes in Serbia, calling for the U.S. to “take out” Slobodan Milosevic. They were the authors of the policy to invade Afghanistan, Iraq, Syria and Libya. Robert Kagan and William Kristol, with their typical cluelessness, wrote in April 2002 that “the road that leads to real security and peace” is “the road that runs through Baghdad.”

We saw how that worked out. That road led to the dissolution of Iraq, the destruction of its civilian infrastructure, including the obliteration of 18 of 20 electricity-generating plants and nearly all the water-pumping and sanitation systems during a 43-day period when 90,000 tons of bombs were rained down on the country, the rise of radical jihadist groups throughout the region, and failed states.

The war in Iraq, along with the humiliating defeat in Afghanistan, shredded the illusion of U.S. military and global hegemony. It also inflicted on Iraqis, who had nothing to do with the attacks of 9/11, the widespread killing of civilians, the torture and sexual humiliation of Iraqi prisoners, and the ascendancy of Iran as the preeminent power in the region.

Push for War & Overthrows

They continue to call for a war with Iran, with Fred Kagan stating that “there is nothing we can do short of attacking to force Iran to give up its nuclear weapons.” They pushed for the overthrow of President Nicholas Maduro, after trying to do the same to Hugo Chavez, in Venezuela. They have targeted Daniel Ortega, their old nemesis in Nicaragua.

They embrace a purblind nationalism that prohibits them from seeing the world from any perspective other than their own. They know nothing about the machinery of war, its consequences, or its inevitable blowback. They know nothing about the peoples and cultures they target for violent regeneration. They believe in their divine right to impose their “values” on others by force. Fiasco after fiasco. Now they are stoking a war with Russia.

“The nationalist is by definition an ignoramus,” Yugoslav writer Danilo Kiš observed.

“Nationalism is the line of least resistance, the easy way. The nationalist is untroubled, he knows or thinks he knows what his values are, his, that’s to say national, that’s to say the values of the nation he belongs to, ethical and political; he is not interested in others, they are no concern of his, hell — it’s other people (other nations, another tribe). They don’t even need investigating. The nationalist sees other people in his own images — as nationalists.”

The Biden administration is filled with these ignoramuses, including Joe Biden. Victoria Nuland, the wife of Robert Kagan, serves as Biden’s undersecretary of state for political affairs. Antony Blinken is secretary of state. Jake Sullivan is national security adviser.

Oct. 8, 2014: U.S. Ambassador to Ukraine Geoffrey Pyatt and U.S. Assistant Secretary of State Victoria Nuland at a Ukrainian State Border Guard Service Base in Kiev. (U.S. Embassy Kyiv, Flickr)

They come from this cabal of moral and intellectual trolls that includes Kimberly Kagan, the wife of Fred Kagan, who founded The Institute for the Study of War, William Kristol, Max Boot, John Podhoretz, Gary Schmitt, Richard Perle, Douglas Feith, David Frum and others. Many were once staunch Republicans or, like Nuland, served in Republican and Democratic administrations. Nuland was the principal deputy foreign policy adviser to Vice President Dick Cheney.

They are united by the demand for larger and larger defense budgets and an ever-expanding military. Julian Benda called these courtiers to power “the self-made barbarians of the intelligentsia.”

They once railed against liberal weakness and appeasement. But they swiftly migrated to the Democratic Party rather than support Donald Trump, who showed no desire to start a conflict with Russia and who called the invasion of Iraq a “big, fat mistake.” Besides, as they correctly pointed out, Hillary Clinton was a fellow neocon. And liberals wonder why nearly half the electorate, who revile these arrogant unelected power brokers, as they should, voted for Trump.

Donald Trump and Hillary Clinton during presidential election 2016. (Gage Skidmore/Wikimedia Commons)

These ideologues did not see the corpses of their victims. I did. Including children. Every dead body I stood over in Guatemala, El Salvador, Nicaragua, Gaza, Iraq, Sudan, Yemen or Kosovo, month after month, year after year, exposed their moral bankruptcy, their intellectual dishonesty and their sick bloodlust.

They did not serve in the military. Their children do not serve in the military. But they eagerly ship young American men and women off to fight and die for their self-delusional dreams of empire and American hegemony. Or, as in Ukraine, they provide hundreds of millions of dollars in weaponry and logistical support to sustain long and bloody proxy wars.

Historical time stopped for them with the end of World War II. The overthrow of democratically elected governments by the U.S. during the Cold War in Indonesia, Guatemala, the Congo, Iran and Chile (where the C.I.A. oversaw the assassination of the commander-in-chief of the army, General René Schneider, and President Salvador Allende); the Bay of Pigs; the atrocities and war crimes that defined the wars in Vietnam, Cambodia and Laos; even the disasters they manufactured in the Middle East, have disappeared into the black hole of their collective historical amnesia.

“Julian Benda called these courtiers to power ‘the self-made barbarians of the intelligentsia.’ ” 

American global domination, they claim, is benign, a force for good, “benevolent hegemony.” The world, Charles Krauthammer insisted, welcomes “our power.” All enemies, from Saddam Hussein to Vladimir Putin, are the new Hitler. All U.S. interventions are a fight for freedom that make the world a safer place. All refusals to bomb and occupy another country are a 1938 Munich moment, a pathetic retreat from confronting evil by the new Neville Chamberlain. We do have enemies abroad. But our most dangerous enemy is within.

The warmongers build a campaign against a country such as Iraq or Russia and then wait for a crisis — they call it the next Pearl Harbor — to justify the unjustifiable.

In 1998, William Kristol and Robert Kagan, along with a dozen other prominent neoconservatives, wrote an open letter to President Bill Clinton denouncing his policy of containment of Iraq as a failure and demanding that he go to war to overthrow Saddam Hussein. To continue the “course of weakness and drift,” they warned, was to “put our interests and our future at risk.”

Neera Tanden and William Kristol in a dialog on Sept. 30, 2018. (Gerald R. Ford School of Public Policy, University of Michigan)

Huge majorities in Congress, Republican and Democrat, rushed to pass the Iraq Liberation Act. Few Democrats or Republicans dared be seen as soft on national security. The act stated that the United States government would work to “remove the regime headed by Saddam Hussein” and authorized $99 million towards that goal, some of it being used to fund Ahmed Chalabi’s Iraqi National Congress that would become instrumental in disseminating the fabrications and lies used to justify the Iraq war during the administration of George W. Bush.

The attacks of 9/11 gave the war party its opening, first with Afghanistan, then Iraq. Krauthammer, who knew nothing about the Muslim world, wrote that:

“the way to tame the Arab street is not with appeasement and sweet sensitivity but with raw power and victory…The elementary truth that seems to elude the experts again and again…is that power is its own reward. Victory changes everything, psychologically above all. The psychology in the [Middle East] is now one of fear and deep respect for American power. Now is the time to use it.”

Removing Saddam Hussein from power, Kristol crowed, would “transform the political landscape of the Middle East.”

It did, of course, but not in ways that benefited the U.S.

“Historical time stopped for them
with the end of World War II.”

They lust for apocalyptic global war. Fred Kagan, the brother of Robert, a military historian, wrote in 1999 that “America must be able to fight Iraq and North Korea, and also be able to fight genocide in the Balkans and elsewhere without compromising its ability to fight two major regional conflicts. And it must be able to contemplate war with China or Russia some considerable (but not infinite) time from now [author’s emphasis].”

They believe violence magically solves all disputes, even the Israeli-Palestinian morass. In a bizarre interview immediately after 9/11, Donald Kagan, the Yale classicist and rightwing ideologue who was the father of Robert and Fred, called, along with his son Fred, for the deployment of U.S. troops in Gaza so we could “take the war to these people.”

They have long demanded the stationing of NATO troops in Ukraine, with Robert Kagan saying that “we need to not worry that the problem is our encirclement rather than Russian ambitions.”  His wife, Victoria Nuland, was outed in a leaked phone conversation in 2014 with the U.S. ambassador to Ukraine, Geoffrey Pyatt, disparaging the EU and plotting to remove the lawfully elected President Viktor Yanukovych and install compliant Ukrainian politicians in power, most of whom did eventually take power.

They lobbied for U.S. troops to be sent to Syria to assist “moderate” rebels seeking to overthrow Basha al-Assad. Instead, the intervention spawned the Caliphate. The U.S. ended up bombing the very forces they had armed, becoming Assad’s de facto air force.

The Russian invasion of Ukraine, like the attacks of 9/11, is a self-fulfilling prophecy. Putin, like everyone else they target, only understands force. We can, they assure us, militarily bend Russia to our will.

“Toward a Europe Whole and Free,” April 29-30, 2014. From left: Moderator David Ensor, Voice of America director; Robert Kagan, senior fellow, Brookings; Frederick Kempe, president and CEO, Atlantic Council; Alexandr Vondra, former minister of defense of the Czech Republic. (Atlantic Council, Flickr)

“It is true that acting firmly in 2008 or 2014 would have meant risking conflict,” Robert Kagan wrote in the latest issue of Foreign Affairs of Ukraine, lamenting our refusal to militarily confront Russia earlier. He wrote:

“But Washington is risking conflict now; Russia’s ambitions have created an inherently dangerous situation. It is better for the United States to risk confrontation with belligerent powers when they are in the early stages of ambition and expansion, not after they have already consolidated substantial gains. Russia may possess a fearful nuclear arsenal, but the risk of Moscow using it is not higher now than it would have been in 2008 or 2014, if the West had intervened then. And it has always been extraordinarily small: Putin was never going to obtain his objectives by destroying himself and his country, along with much of the rest of the world.”

In short, don’t worry about going to war with Russia, Putin won’t use the bomb.

I do not know if these people are stupid or cynical or both. They are lavishly funded by the war industry. They are never dropped from the networks for their repeated idiocy. They rotate in and out of power, parked in places like The Council on Foreign Relations or The Brookings Institute, before being called back into government. They are as welcome in the Obama or Biden White House as the Bush White House.

The Cold War, for them, never ended. The world remains binary, us and them, good and evil. They are never held accountable. When one military intervention goes up in flames, they are ready to promote the next. These Dr. Strangeloves, if we don’t stop them, will terminate life as we know it on the planet.

Chris Hedges is a Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist who was a foreign correspondent for 15 years for The New York Times

NATO’s not ready for World War III

NATO’s not ready for World War III

Forget the tactical nuke gap. The West’s readiness gap is a far bigger deal.

War is creeping closer to NATO’s borders. On Sunday, a Ukrainian base just 11 miles from Poland was struck by Russian rockets. It seems like a warning. If one of those missiles had traveled just a few seconds farther west, NATO — and therefore the United States — and Russia could be on the verge of war.

While we can hope that cooler heads would prevail in case of such an accident or “accident,” that’s by no means guaranteed. So, if the occasion arose, could NATO pull the trigger on a full-scale war against Russia right this moment?

The short answer is “no,” and it’s time for both armchair military strategists and lawmakers calling for escalation to realize it.

“We’re in a reassurance posture, for our allies. We’re showing we’re in the game and our commitment is still strong,” David Shlapak of the Rand Corporation, told The Week in a recent interview. “We’re not in a deterrence posture. We’re not in a credible warfighting posture.”

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky has called for a no-fly zone (NFZ) many times, and there are plenty of people in the foreign policy establishment and even Congress who want to give it to him. NATO isn’t ready to do that either.

To set up a no-fly zone, the United States would have to move hundreds of planes from bases around the world. It would take weeks to set up and couldn’t be done under cloak of darkness. The Russians would know NATO was coming, and if you knew NATO was coming, wouldn’t you take countermeasures? Wouldn’t you see an act of war on the horizon?

Even if NATO got around Russia’s plans, enforcing the NFZ would mean shooting down Russian planes. It would also mean taking out Russian anti-aircraft defenses so NATO warplanes could fly safely, according to experts who spoke with The Week. Those, of course, are on the ground, many of them inside Russian and Belarusian borders. Taking them out would involve NATO in a ground war, and the West is even less ready for that.

There are 74,000 U.S. military personnel in Europe, including the United Kingdom, Italy, France, and Spain, with the largest number (36,000) in Germany. Not all these people are front-line fighters. Many are involved in logistics, maintenance, and other tasks. There is a broader, 40,000-strong NATO response force, too, and some thousands of these troops are in the front-line Baltic nations of Latvia, Estonia, and Lithuania. All told, fewer than 100,000 NATO forces in Europe are even close to being ready to fight.

The Russian force brought together for the Ukraine invasion is double that, about 190,000, and total Russian forces number 900,000.

Could NATO bring a larger force to bear? You bet. But it would take months, according to Shlapak.

For NATO to truly be ready to face down Russia, at least 100,000 more troops would have to be transported to Europe from the United States, Mark Cancian, of the Center for Strategic and International Studies, told The Week. Weapons, equipment, and logistics would all have to be scaled up accordingly.

Once preparations were made on the U.S. side of the Atlantic, ships would have to make the 3,000-mile trip to bases in Europe like Bremerhaven, Germany, and from there they would have to be deployed wherever they were needed most.

All of this would take between two and three months, Cancian and Shlapak agreed. All of it would be visible by satellite and in every other way imaginable. Getting ready for war is loud.

When the coalition of the willing went into Iraq in 2003, it took months to build up forces on Iraq’s borders. It was obvious — everyone knew the war was coming — but the foe was so inferior, all they could do was dig in and hope the U.S. would lose interest in fighting.

That is not the case with Russia. As NATO planes approach Ukrainian borders with hostile intent, Russia’s forces can meet them, and what are the chances Russia wouldn’t strike first? If you were Russian President Vladimir Putin, would you wait for warplanes to attack you before you attacked them?

Similarly, ships crossing the Atlantic have been sunk before, and all parties have spent 80 since World War II improving their technique. Russia and NATO regularly patrol each other’s shores, ready for war — waiting for provocation. It’s fair to say hundreds of ships steaming toward Europe for a fight might be considered a provocation.

Of course, the ultimate provocation is declaring war on a sovereign and Western-friendly nation, so perhaps anything NATO and the West do is justified. And there are precedents for arming our enemy’s enemy without full-scale war breaking out (for example, the delivery of Stinger missiles to the mujahideen fighting Russia in Afghanistan in the 1980s).

But there have already been a series of provocations by the West, including sending Javelin anti-tank weapons into Ukraine by the hundreds. From the most extreme Russian point of view, this is basically NATO saying, “We are supplying weapons to kill your children.” And if, as many observers have pointed out, the Russian military isn’t living up to tactical and strategic expectations and can’t actually capture the Baltics before the U.S. can blink, Putin still has the option of going nuclear, even if it’s just on the tactical scale.

Nobody knows where the world goes from there. But with Putin becoming more bellicose every day, Russian forces ratcheting up brutality against civilians in Ukraine, and with the fighting coming to NATO’s very doorstep, there is every chance that we are on the verge of a true world war.

It doesn’t look like NATO is ready to fight it.

Biden Co-Opts Qatar To Finance His Plausibly Deniable Colombian Terrorist Army For Killing Russians

Russian-Ukrainian conflict: What does it mean to Qatar?

Biden designates Qatar, Colombia as ‘major non-NATO allies’ of US

[First Biden removes the “terrorist” designation from the Colombian FARC terrorist group, clearing the way to openly embrace the group for some future American-sponsored terror campaign, much like the Obama/Biden creation of ISIS in Iraq and Syria (What Is The Truth About ISIS?).  Qatar and Saudi Arabia built ISIS for Obama from the remains of Al-Qaeda in Iraq, in order to create a terrorist jihadi army, for the purpose of overthrowing Bashar Assad.  ISIS was created to fight the wars started by Obama, Biden and Hillary inside Syria and Libya, serving as another CIA-created terrorist Islamist army, just like their Al-Qaeda predecessors.

Biden then designates the Colombian narco-state as a major non-NATO ally, even though it is home to hordes of “rehabilitated” FARC terrorists, in addition to all the Colombian cocaine cartel/mafias, not to mention all of those former American-trained military “death squads”.  He chooses the Colombian mercenaries/terrorists for the mission in Ukraine because these same killers have been killing for Western interests all over the globe for the past decade.  Russia understands that the Colombian terrorists are the NEW ISIS.]

NATO: The Unspeakable Agenda of Biden-Duque

“In politics, the only true thing is what is not seen”, José Martí.

1. The geopolitical consequences of the NATO-Russia confrontation impact Our America. The implications of the military conflict in Europe will be capital for the continent. This will increase the struggle of China, Russia and the United States for political influence and markets in America. Latin America and the Caribbean will be a key territory in the global dispute, a fundamental geo-strategic space.

2. Venezuela, Cuba and Nicaragua constitute important States for the current geopolitical confrontation between the great powers of the world. Additionally, history shows that the Latin American and Caribbean region is considered by the world’s elites as a reservoir of raw materials. The foreign policy of imperialism, and particularly of the United States, confirms such an assertion. The armed confrontation in Europe, the consequences derived from the imposition of unilateral coercive measures against the Russian Federation, the international prices of hydrocarbons, the European energy dependency and the global problem of supply chains, place the United States and the European Union in a true energy emergency with serious economic consequences.

3. The “Provisional National Security Strategic Guide” approved by Biden defines Venezuela as a relevant State for US Military Doctrine. Venezuela’s energy potential, among other things, places the country in the order of priorities that the US has in the region. Consequently, after the conflict between NATO and Russia, Venezuela will be the center of gravity of Washington’s military planning. The official public agenda of the Biden-Duque meeting contains as topics to be discussed, among others, the “promotion of democracy and security.” Hidden under this diplomatic euphemism is the approach to the Pentagon’s military design for the region, the regional efforts against the Russian-Chinese alliance, and especially the new roadmap to end the Bolivarian Revolution. In that geo-strategic design,

4. It should be noted that Colombia joined NATO in 2018. The Armed Forces. Colombian companies have already adopted the NATO Doctrine, standardized their procedures and pursue interoperability through a “capability and training portfolio” provided by the Organization. The possible scenario assessed by the Pentagon consists of using Colombia to attack Venezuela, an issue that would allow it to take advantage of its status as a global partner of NATO, to invoke Article 5 of the Washington Treaty. The Principle of Collective Security contained in this article obliges NATO Member States to carry out military operations in the face of any attack on a State of the Organization. Consequently, a possible inter-state armed confrontation between Colombia and Venezuela would attempt to cover up US aggression. and NATO against Venezuela. This would mean a change in military tactics that could consist, instead of resorting exclusively to outsourcing the war through paramilitaries and mercenaries as has been happening in Apure, generating a casus belli with the Colombian State that allows NATO to carry out military operations against Venezuela. . In this scenario, Colombia would carry out the aggression, the border states governed by the opposition would be the first territories to join the plan, and NATO would serve to stop the military support of the allied powers of Venezuela. generate a casus belli with the Colombian State that allows NATO to carry out military operations against Venezuela. In this scenario, Colombia would carry out the aggression, the border states governed by the opposition would be the first territories to join the plan, and NATO would serve to stop the military support of the allied powers of Venezuela. generate a casus belli with the Colombian State that allows NATO to carry out military operations against Venezuela. In this scenario, Colombia would carry out the aggression, the border states governed by the opposition would be the first territories to join the plan, and NATO would serve to stop the military support of the allied powers of Venezuela.

5. Preparations for War? In keeping with NATO guidelines, the Damascus Doctrine, officially assumed since 2016, intends to prepare Colombia for a regular war. This supposes a hypothesis of armed conflict that places Venezuela as its main enemy. Indeed, Colombia is already organizing its Armed Forces. in a versatile way, it prepares them for multiple missions, it organizes Task Forces according to the peculiarity of military challenges, it structures its Joint Commands and equips them with new armored units as well as it seeks to obtain state-of-the-art combat aircraft to achieve supremacy. air, among other things. Joint military exercises, close military cooperation with the Pentagon, the US military bases around Venezuela and the deployment of its Security Assistance Brigade in New Granadan territory are part of the indications of the scenario that has been taking shape. Biden has already extended Executive Order 13962 of March 2015 where they describe Venezuela as a threat to their national security. This means that against Venezuela all options are on the table.

Biden To Send Colombian Mercenary/Terrorists Into Ukraine

[Biden has revealed the next phase in his military moves against Russia, without having to risk open war w/Russian forces over Polish planes. By designating narco-state Colombia as a non-NATO US ally in the Ukraine affair, he is showing his hand. Colombian mercenary/terrorists have been a mainstay in the American attempt to overthrow Syria, as well as providing a terrorist army to Blackwater fame Eric Prince, which he fights for the king of UAE. Do not forget that 2 shady Americans recently hired a squad of Colombian terrorist/mercenaries to capture or kill the Pres. of Haiti…surely Putin will understand that Colombian fighter in Ukraine are American sent terrorists.]

Biden announces major non-NATO ally status for Colombia

WASHINGTON (AP) — President Joe Biden said Thursday that he intends to designate Colombia as a major non-NATO ally, a step that will provide the Latin American nation with benefits in the areas of defense, trade and security cooperation.

Biden made the announcement as he hosted Colombian President Ivan Duque at the White House for the first time. The visit follows weekend talks between Biden administration officials and the leftist government of Nicolás Maduro in neighboring Venezuela, which has a tense relationship with both the U.S. and Colombia.

Avoiding a potentially awkward moment, neither Biden nor Duque raised the U.S.-Venezuela meeting in their public remarks. Colombia is a close U.S. ally, and Duque leads opposition to Maduro in the region,

Biden said he intends to bring Colombia into the NATO fold.

“That’s exactly what you are, a major, major non-NATO ally, and this is a recognition of the unique and close relationship between our countries,” he told Duque, who sat directly across from the president at a large table in the Cabinet Room, each leader joined by a small group of advisers.

“Colombia is the lynchpin, in my view, to the whole hemisphere,“ Biden said.

Duque said Biden’s announcement recognized “values and the principles” shared by both Western Hemisphere countries.

Back home, Duque has been criticized for not sitting down earlier with the U.S. president, his strategic partner. The two did meet briefly late last year at a gathering of world leaders for a climate summit in Glasgow, Scotland.

Duque’s visit to the White House came amid Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and approaching presidential elections in Colombia that will decide his successor.

When both presidents mentioned Venezuela, it was in the context of the assistance Colombia has provided nearly 2 million Venezuelan refugees who have crossed the border to flee poor economic and living conditions back home.

Duque has led regional opposition to Venezuela’s Maduro, whom he describes as a “dictator” — a characterization he repeated under questioning by Colombian journalists after his meeting with Biden. Duque recognizes opposition leader Juan Guaidó as Venezuela’s interim president.

Colombia’s government has questioned the military assistance Russia has provided to Venezuela and has expressed fears of possible “foreign interference” in Colombia, which shares a vast border with Venezuela, without providing evidence.

Duque has not spoken publicly about the U.S.-Venezuela meeting, and continued to hold his tongue Thursday following the White House visit.

“On the issues and details having to do with the visit (to Venezuela), I think U.S. authorities have to answer about that,” he told the Colombian journalists. “Our position with respect to the regime of Nicolás Maduro has not changed at all.”

Colombian Vice President and Foreign Minister Marta Lucía Ramírez has said the meeting “took her by surprise.”

Venezuela recently announced a military deployment on the border to combat what it said are Colombian armed groups.

Both Biden and Duque denounced the Russian invasion of Ukraine, with Biden saying it was not just a threat to Ukraine but to “peace and stability” everywhere. He commended Duque for the strong stance he took against the invasion, including Colombia’s vote in the U.N. General Assembly to condemn Russia’s actions.

Duque has spoken out against Russia and pledged support for the international humanitarian response and the “corresponding sanctions.”

The war, which has entered its third week, is a “very horrifying moment for the world” that must be condemned “with a very strong sentiment,” Duque said.

“Nothing justifies the bloodbath that we have been seeing continuously over the news in the last week,” he emphasized.

According to the State Department, U.S. law allows the designation of “major non-NATO ally” status for friendly countries, providing them with certain benefits in the areas of defense, trade and security cooperation. It’s a symbol of close ties.

However, such countries are not entitled to the same security guarantees as full-fledged members of the NATO alliance. NATO member countries agree to defend each other if one comes under attack, but that protection does not extend to a major non-NATO ally.

Duque’s visit comes shortly before a possible change in government in Colombia. It will hold presidential elections on May 29 and leftist candidate and Duque rival Gustavo Petro leads in the polls. Presidents in Colombia are limited to one, four-year term.

Petro has said he has other priorities and Colombia should not interfere in the invasion of Ukraine but focus on resolving internal problems with illegal armed groups.


Associated Press writers Astrid Suarez in Bogotá, Colombia, and Josh Boak in Washington contributed to this report.

Israeli Gas Is NOT A Viable Supplier For Europe

[The Israeli gas is 4 miles down, high-pressure, high-heat, high sulfur content…Israel isn’t even using it, at the time.]

Israel’s High-Pressure Leviathan Gas 4 Miles Down and Too Costly To Develop

Peter Chamberlin

Israel is having problems trying to profit from the Mediterranean gas field that it has been trying to steal from some of its neighbors.  Drilling has been stopped since May 3, 2012 (SEE:  Leviathan Oil Well Drilling Postponed) by Noble Energy’s “Homer Ferrington” rig, which had been working in the Leviathan gas field.  Drilling stopped because of the unexpected high gas pressures encountered at the greatest depths.

Development of high-pressure gas, or “sour gas” (high sulfur content plus high pressure) requires deeper wells (new deep-drilling rig has been held-up in S. Korea until late next year) and extra facilities for reducing the pressure and lowering the sulfur content of the gas, in addition to the missing infrastructure that will be needed to be built for moving the gas from the Mediterranean to Israel, or to LP gas facilities, for shipping the product elsewhere.

As things now stand, Israel will “face a natural gas shortage from 2015.”

In addition to the drilling problems, there have also been legal hang-ups (court challenge to monopoly ownership of Leviathan), as well as financing difficulties in acquiring partners.  The major oil companies are afraid to invest in Israel, for fear of pissing-off the Arabs.  Even companies like Dutch giant Shell will only consider investing in gas and oil exploration through third party partners, like Woodside Petroleum (Shell holds 23% of Woodside stock), which is allegedly a conglomerate composed of Chinese, Texas and Australian interests, in order to have deniability about any investment which might develop.

According to this interview in MoneyWeek, with Duke Energy CEO Jim Rogers, he claimed in 2006 that he “owned Woodside Petroleum,”  The Woodside Energy company is currently at the center of an international spy scandal after having just acquired drilling rights off East Timor.  That acquisition is at the center of an international stink storm that is now being generated by govt. leakers.  A cloud of suspicion hangs over the drilling contract which may have relied upon insider information, obtained through espionage conducted by Australian spy agency ASIS, Australian Secret Intelligence Service  (SEE:  Australia’s Timor Spying Scandal. More Whistleblowers Emerge).

Here we have a very clear example of a national spy agency serving the interests of the corporations, confirming the evidence that Steve Kangas died for to bring it to the Internet.  Steve died of a gunshot wound to the head in the home offices of conservative leader Richard Mellon Scaife.  Mr. Scaife was Kangas’ favorite research subject (SEE:  The Origins of the Overclass).  His focus was upon exposing the nexus between the CIA and the rich and powerful and the corporations which they owned.

Are NSA spies acting as mentors to other intelligence agencies, manipulating them to align their interests with theirs, to facilitate their search for insider information for the big oil companies and corporations?

peter.chamberlin@hotmail.com

Investors brace for volatility as West moves to cut Russia off

[Strangulating the Russian economy is clearly an act of war!]

[The rapid escalation of events and counter-actions will quickly push the situation to a point of no return.]

 

Investors brace for volatility as West moves to cut Russia off from SWIFT

Turkey to implement Montreux Convention due to Ukraine War

marinetraffic.com

More Countries Close Airspace to Russian Planes Over Ukraine Invasion

Putin puts Russia’s nuclear forces on alert as fighting in Ukraine continues

 

US can’t absolve itself of responsibility for Putin’s Ukraine invasion

[SEE: Decades of US Anti-Russian Economic Warfare Forced the War Into Ukraine]

“The argument made by several recent US administrations that NATO expansion does not pose a threat to Russian security doesn’t pass the sniff test. It assumes that US attitudes toward Russia are benign. They are not and haven’t been for decades. It assumes further that Moscow has no interests except as permitted by the United States. No responsible government will allow an adversary to determine its hierarchy of interests.

By casually meddling in Ukrainian politics in recent years, the United States has effectively incited Russia to undertake its reckless invasion. Putin richly deserves the opprobrium currently being heaped on him. But US policy has been both careless and irresponsible.”

US can’t absolve itself of responsibility for Putin’s Ukraine invasion

The conflict renders a judgment on post-Cold War US policy. That policy has now culminated in a massive diplomatic failure.

A soldier with the US Army 101st Airborne 3-502 is silhouetted while manning a 50 caliber humvee-mounted machine gun on July 27, 2003 in Mosul, Iraq.
A soldier with the US Army 101st Airborne 3-502 is silhouetted while manning a 50 caliber humvee-mounted machine gun on July 27, 2003 in Mosul, Iraq.Scott Nelson/Photographer: Scott Nelson/Getty

For the media and for members of the public more generally, the eruption of war creates an urgent need to affix blame and identify villains. Rendering such judgments helps make sense of an otherwise inexplicable event. It offers assurance that the moral universe remains intact, with a bright line separating good and evil.

That rule certainly applies to the case of the invasion of Ukraine. Russia is the aggressor and President Vladimir Putin a bad guy straight out of central casting: On that point, opinion in the United States and Europe is nearly unanimous. Even in a secular age, we know whose side God is on.

Yet such snap judgments rarely stand the test of history. With the passage of time, moral clarity gives way to ambiguity. Clear-cut narratives take on hitherto unrecognized complexity. Bright lines blur.

World War I illustrates the point. The conflict began with the German Army invading France. When the war finally ended, the victorious Allies charged Germany with “war guilt,” a judgment that accomplished little apart from setting the stage for an even more disastrous conflict two decades later. It turned out that in 1914 there had been plenty of guilt to go around. Among the several nations that participated in that war, none could claim innocence.

A similar rush to judgment regarding Ukraine will inevitably inhibit our understanding of the war’s origins and implications, with potentially dangerous consequences. Yes, Russian aggression deserves widespread condemnation. Yet the United States cannot absolve itself of responsibility for this catastrophe. Indeed, the conflict renders a judgment on post-Cold War US policy. That policy has now culminated in a massive diplomatic failure.

The failure stemmed from two defects that permeate contemporary American statecraft. The first involves hypocrisy and the second a penchant for overreaching.

Condemnations of Putin emphasize his disregard for what US officials like to call a “rules-based international order.” Russia’s invasion of Ukraine violates ostensibly sacrosanct “norms” that prohibit military aggression and demand respect for national sovereignty.

This is rather rich coming from the United States, to put it mildly. During the post-9/11 war on terror, successive administrations made their own rules and established their own norms — for example, embarking on preventive war in defiance of international opinion. If Russia’s invasion of Ukraine is a crime — as I believe it to be ― then how should we classify the US invasion of Iraq in 2003?

Putin appears intent on using violence to impose “regime change” in Kyiv, installing his own preferred leadership there. Biden administration officials express outrage at that prospect, and rightly so. Yet coercive regime change undertaken in total disregard of international law has been central to the American playbook in recent decades. Whatever Washington’s professed intentions, democracy, liberal values, and human rights have not prospered, whether in the Balkans, Afghanistan, Iraq, or Libya.

Perhaps we should not be surprised at such inconsistencies. After all, hypocrisy is endemic to politics, both domestic and international. More troubling is the difficulty US policy makers apparently have in accurately gauging US interests and comparing them with the interests of others. This is where the overreaching occurs.

Consider this simple definition of the phrase “vital interest”: a place or issue worth fighting for. Putin has repeatedly identified Ukraine as a vital Russian interest, and not without reason.

President Biden has been equally clear in indicating that he does not consider Ukraine worth fighting for. That is, it does not qualify as a vital US interest. At the same time, he has refused to concede the legitimacy of Russia’s claim. In concrete terms, he has rejected Putin’s demand that NATO’s eastward march, adding to its ranks various former Soviet republics and allies, should cease without incorporating Ukraine, which Russia deems an essential buffer.

The argument made by several recent US administrations that NATO expansion does not pose a threat to Russian security doesn’t pass the sniff test. It assumes that US attitudes toward Russia are benign. They are not and haven’t been for decades. It assumes further that Moscow has no interests except as permitted by the United States. No responsible government will allow an adversary to determine its hierarchy of interests.

By casually meddling in Ukrainian politics in recent years, the United States has effectively incited Russia to undertake its reckless invasion. Putin richly deserves the opprobrium currently being heaped on him. But US policy has been both careless and irresponsible.

As is so often the case, this is an unnecessary war. But the United States is no more an innocent party than the European countries that in 1914 stumbled into war.

Andrew Bacevich is president of the Quincy Institute for Responsible Statecraft.

Decades of US Anti-Russian Economic Warfare Forced the War Into Ukraine

[From partners in the original war on terrorism, to the enemies that we appear to be today, what went wrong with the US/Russian era of cooperation?  We went our separate ways in 2003, when Bush began his vendetta against Saddam Hussain and “Seven countries”, former  client states of the Soviet Union in the Middle East.  Next, came the first anti-Russian “color revolution” in Ukraine in 2004, followed by a 2nd color revolution in 2014-15…all elements of an economic war against the Russian oil/gas industry (Gazprom), intended to bankrupt Russia by surgically removing key state Ukraine from that supply system, thereby destroying the heart of the Russian economy.  “Independent Ukraine” has always been a pauper state, dependent on the generosity of Russia to furnish the base energy needs of its own people, choosing instead, to act as an nonpaying parasite on the Russian suppliers, as the price for allowing Russia to transit gas through Ukraine to the rest of Europe, or else to shut-down. 

When Russia chose to pipe its energy around Ukraine in new pipelines, the US waged further economic warfare against every project, promising Europe non-existent American LP Gas to replace the missing fuel.  With the American-induced cancellation of both Northstream and Turkstream projects, Russia (Gazprom) had to retrench in Ukraine to continue to service Europe.  Further U.S. attempts to strangulate the Russian economy and to isolate Putin run great risk of bringing about world war.]

Cold War-style confrontation between US and Russia focuses on energy rather than military

US campaign behind the turmoil in Kiev

America’s Tie-Eating Puppet, Saakashvili, Inaugurates Latest U.S. “Color Revolution” From Center of Kiev, Today

2009 German Analysis Documenting US Plan To Unleash Civil War In Ukraine

Voters’ rights group inciting “Orange Revolution”?

Obama, The Devil, Is Luring the World Over the Nuclear Threshold In Ukraine

At What Point Will Putin Bend Under Obama’s Ukraine Extortion?

Why Is World War II Being Rekindled in Ukraine?

Chess in a Minefield–Ukraine

Fascism’s Ugly Face in Ukraine

Ukraine’s nationalist party embraces Nazi ideology

As the battle of wills and might between Russia and the west over the fate of Ukraine unfolds, there is one key fact to bear in mind: Vladimir Putin has never lost a war. During past conflicts in Chechnya, Georgia, Syria and Crimea over his two decades in power, Putin succeeded by giving his armed forces clear, achievable military objectives that would allow him to declare victory, credibly, in the eyes of the Russian people and a wary, watching world. His latest initiative in Ukraine is unlikely to be any different.

Despite months of military build-up along Ukraine’s borders and repeated warnings from the Biden administration that an incursion could happen at any time, the February 24 pre-dawn bombing campaign that kicked off Europe’s first land war in decades seemed to come as a surprise to many Ukrainians. In major cities across a country the size of the state of Texas, stunned citizens, lulled into complacency by their president’s repeated reassurances that Russia would not invade, watched and listened to the sound of thunderous explosions targeting Ukrainian military bases, airports and command and control centers. Within 24 hours, the conflict spread rapidly, with Russian tanks and troops moving swiftly toward Kyiv, the capital, and fighting around Chernobyl, the site of the disastrous 1986 nuclear reactor meltdown. Shock and awe, Russian style.

FE Putin's Endgame 01
Despite repeated warnings that an invasion was imminent, many Ukrainians were shocked by the arrival of Russian troops. Here, members of Ukraine’s Territorial Defense Forces participate in a drill days before the bombings began. Ethan Swope/Bloomberg/Getty

In an instant, Russian President Putin’s invasion of Ukraine destroyed the post Cold War security order in Europe—one centered, to Russia’s fury, by an often-expanding NATO alliance. Analysts expect that, once Kyiv falls, the military aggression will give way to a political settlement that puts a Russia-friendly government in place. By February 25, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky was considering an invitation from Moscow to hold “neutrality” talks in neighboring Belarus. If those talks happen, Putin will then be able to pull back troops and end the conflict—while having dealt the West a humiliating blow.

And that, military and Russia experts agree, may be the real point.

Ukraine, of course, is not a NATO member; the possibility that it might join the Alliance some day, as other countries that were once part of the old Soviet bloc have done, is a key issue in the current conflict. Putin’s actions, a brazen defiance in the face of repeated warnings and threats of sanctions from U.S. President Joe Biden and western allies, now make it a certainty, if it wasn’t before, that membership will never happen. Putin’s aggression will also serve as a stark warning to countries formerly part of the Soviet Union of the possible repercussions of getting too cozy with the West.

The post Soviet status quo in Eastern Europe was one “that [Putin] never accepted,” says Fyodor Lukyanov, editor in chief of Russia in Global Affairs, a Moscow-based foreign policy journal. “It ate at him. He believes Russia was treated [by the West] as a second class citizen after the Soviet Union fell.”

Now, western diplomats and intelligence officials believe, Putin seeks to decapitate the western-leaning leadership in Kyiv headed by Zelensky and replace it with a government that will be loyal to “the new Tsar,” as former Estonian President Toomas Ilves calls Putin. That could happen, U.S. intelligence officials tell Newsweek, within days. Putin does not want, nor does he need, to occupy the entire country to accomplish his greater goals, intelligence analysts and officials say. As Ilves puts it, “He wants a puppet state like Belarus,” another former Soviet province just north of Ukraine, and from which troops poured into Ukraine as the Russian bombing ramped up. With a new reality on the ground in Eastern Europe, Ilves continues, “Putin then wants to rewrite the security rules of the road between him and NATO.”

Ukraine itself appears to share at least part of that view. A statement from Mykhailo Podolyak, an adviser to Ukraine’s presidential chief of staff, and shared with Newsweek by Ukraine’s embassy in Washington, outlined what Kyiv suspected were Moscow’s goals. “The Office of the President of Ukraine believes the Russian federation has two tactical goals—to seize territories and attack the legitimate political leadership of Ukraine in order to spread chaos and [to] install a marionette government that would sign a peace deal on bilateral relations with Russia,” Podolyak said.

FE Putin's Endgame 07
A man clears debris at a damaged residential building at Koshytsa Street, a suburb of the Ukrainian capital Kyiv, where a military shell allegedly hit, on February 25, 2022. Daniel Leal/AFP/Getty 

A United States that thought it was pivoting to Asia, and focusing on China—a country that is its preeminent rival going forward—has now been dragged back to Eastern Europe, where for centuries so much blood has been spilled. Putin now has the world’s full, undivided attention, in the same way that every Secretary General in the Soviet era did. In chilling televised remarks after the invasion had begun, Putin said, “whoever tries to interfere [in Ukraine] should know that Russia’s response will be immediate, and will lead to such consequences that you have never experienced in your history.”

Russia is now back in the limelight, a nation that is demonstrating, with a display of military might, that it remains a Great Power. Which is precisely where Putin wants his nation to be. He believes Russia should at all times command respect from the rest of the world, “and when it doesn’t command respect, it should command fear,” as Lukyanov of Russia in Global Affairs puts it.

Mission accomplished. As Rose Gottemoeller, former deputy secretary general of NATO and a long time Russia watcher characterized it recently on the CBS podcast Intelligence Matters, “This is [Putin’s] ‘look at me’ moment.”

The West Responds

Within hours of the invasion, the United States and its allies responded by sharply ratcheting up economic sanctions but it’s unclear whether the moves will deter the Russian leader. In a speech announcing the response, Biden said more than half of the West’s high tech exports to Russia would be slashed, “degrading their industrial capacity,” and hurting industries like aerospace and shipbuilding. He’s also freezing the U.S. assets of four additional Russian banks, including VTB, the country’s second largest financial institution, whose CEO is very close to Putin. “This is going to impose severe costs on the Russian economy, both immediately and over time,” Biden said.

FE Putin's Endgame 06
President Joe Biden takes questions after giving an update on the Russian invasion of Ukraine on Thursday, Feb. 24 in Washington, D.C. Kent Nishimura/Los Angeles Times/Getty

The following day, the White House announced it would join the European Union in implementing sanctions against Putin personally. The Russian President is widely thought to be one of the world’s richest men, allegedly hiding much of his wealth in shell companies in various tax havens throughout the world.

How effective the sanctions will be is unclear. Putin, for his part, believes he has effectively made his country sanctions-proof. Russia has over $630 billion in hard currency reserves, and rakes in $14 billion per month in oil and gas exports. As Russia’s ambassador to Sweden, Viktor Tatarintsev, told Swedish newspaper Aftonbladet days before the invasion began, when the West ramped up threats of financial penalties in a futile effort to prevent military action, “Excuse my language, but we don’t give a shit about your sanctions.”

Biden, in his remarks the day the invasion began, said he believes Putin may have brought himself a world of trouble by invading Ukraine. “History has shown time and again how swift gains in territory give way to grinding occupation, acts of mass civil disobedience and strategic dead ends,” he said. And in fact, thousands of Ukrainian civilians have been training as part of newly formed “territorial defense organizations” set up in order to resist the Russians.

But U.S. intelligence officials privately do not share Biden’s optimism about “mass disobedience.” One official who spoke to Newsweek on background because he is not authorized to speak on the record said, “After the government in Kyiv is dismantled, there will be no opposition within Ukraine for us to support militarily.”

His pessimism is rooted in Putin’s past behavior, most notably when he presided over a scorched earth campaign to brutally put down an insurgency in Chechnya more than 20 years ago. He says, “It’s not realistic to mount an opposition campaign. [Putin] does not value human life the same way that the free world does, hence [Russian troops] will eradicate any opposition en masse.”

Indeed, Putin’s history as a commander in chief of Russia’s military shows that there may be reason to doubt Biden’s optimism that Ukraine will turn into a quagmire for Moscow. Beyond the ruthless campaign to put down Muslim rebels in Chechnya, he hived off the two sections of the former Soviet state of Georgia that he wanted to control in 2008. Then in 2014 he took back Crimea in Ukraine, and set up separatist movements in two heavily Russian provinces in the east, Donetsk and Luhansk. (The day before the February 24th invasion, Putin declared those two provinces were now “independent republics.” )

FE Putin's Endgame 08
Ukrainian servicemen ride on tanks towards the front line with Russian forces in the Lugansk region of Ukraine on February 25, 2022. Anatolii Stepanov/AFP/Getty 

And on the complex battlefield in Syria, where the U.S. and Russians risked conflict, former President Barack Obama funded opposition rebel groups, including some tied to Al Qaeda, then failed to enforce his own red line after President Basar Al Assad used poison gas on his enemies. Putin sent Russian troops in with one goal: that Assad maintain his grip on power. He remains in office to this day.

The Ultimate Goal

What is Putin’s endgame now? The Russian leader is fueled by rage and seeks revenge against the West for his homeland’s perceived mistreatment, says Peter Rough, a senior fellow at the Hudson Institute, a conservative think tank based in Washington. The country Putin grew up in, and the one he served as a KGB officer, dissolved in 1991. In its stead came chaos at home, and, in Putin’s view, betrayal from abroad.

The demise of the Soviet Union, he has famously said, “was the most catastrophic geopolitical event of the 20th century” (worse, even, than World War II, in which 20 million Soviet citizens were killed). His resentment over what happened to his country, particularly in the immediate aftermath of the Soviet collapse, is more widely shared by Russians than many in the West appreciate.

As the Moscow bureau chief for this magazine in the early 2000s, I saw organized crime take over businesses large and small; the country’s finances were in shambles. The government was unable to pay the salaries of a once proud military. I interviewed an Army colonel stationed on the Kamchatka Peninsula, in Russia’s far east, who wept as he confessed he wasn’t able to buy his wife a birthday present a few weeks earlier because he had not been paid his wages in months.

Boris Yeltsin, once the democratic hero who helped bring down the Soviet Union, had turned into a drunken mess as the first freely elected president of Russia; his inner circle was corrupt, enriching themselves as ordinary citizens struggled amidst the post Soviet chaos. On New Year’s Day, at the dawn of the new millennium, Yeltsin stepped down. He was replaced by the man he had named Prime Minister months earlier, Vladimir Putin.

Twenty-two years later, in an extraordinary 55-minute speech to his country on Monday February 21, Putin aired many of his grievances in a way he rarely had publicly before, as a prelude to war. In it, he said, “Ukraine is not a separate country,” and that “Ukrainians and Russians were brethren, one and the same.” Kyiv, in his view, had been ripped unceremoniously from Mother Russia when the Soviet Union dissolved. He then recounted the West’s early promise not to expand NATO.

He recalled how coldly then President Bill Clinton responded to his query, not long after he became President of Russia in 2000, about whether Moscow could ever be a member of NATO. He recalled, bitterly, how he was assured that NATO’s expansion eastward—to include countries that had been members of the Warsaw Pact, Moscow’s former client states—would “only improve their relations with us, even create a belt of states friendly to Russia.

Everything,” Putin said, “turned out exactly the opposite. They were just words.”

FE Putin's Endgame 09
Russian President Vladimir Putin arrives to chair a Security Council meeting via a video link in Moscow on February 25, 2022. AlexeyNikolsky/AFP/Getty 

How does Putin seek revenge for this betrayal? To the extent he can, he wants to piece together a new Russian Empire. Not necessarily every province of the former Soviet Union, but those parts of the pre-Soviet empire, established by the Tsars, who were largely Russian speaking, orthodox Christian and who looked first to Kyiv, and then later to Moscow, as the political, cultural and spiritual center of the world.

Putin is a nationalist first and foremost. Ukraine, plainly, is central to this vision. But it also includes the countries—former Soviet provinces—that are now effectively Russian client states (Belarus), as well as those Moscow wishes to control yet again: the Baltic states of Lithuania, Estonia and Latvia (the latter three are now members of NATO, for whom the alliance is obligated to fight in the event one of them is attacked.) Putin in his pre-invasion speech said it was “madness” that the Baltics were ever allowed to leave the USSR. He has demanded—preposterously—that the Alliance pull back to its 1997 stance, when there were just 16 members, as opposed to 30 today.

Point, Counterpoint

It is for that reason that Biden is moving more NATO troops and materiel into the Baltics. On February 25, NATO Secretary General Jens Stoltenberg said the Alliance would for the first time dispatch troops from the Spearhead Unit of its so-called Response Force—formed in 2014—to member states along the eastern front. NATO describes the Response Force as ”highly ready and technologically advanced.” It consists of 40,000 troops from a variety of NATO countries. Stoltenberg declined to say precisely how many troops would be deployed now.

More deployments are likely in the months ahead. President Biden vowed in no uncertain terms that an attack on a NATO member would trigger Article 5, the provision that maintains any armed attack against one country in the Alliance is considered an attack against all. If Putin moves on the Baltics, or on any NATO members who formerly were part of the Warsaw Pact—like Poland, Romania or Bulgaria, all of which border Ukraine—then Moscow will be at war with NATO.

With the invasion of Ukraine, analysts believe, Putin hoped to shake NATO. He wanted, says Douglas Wise, a former CIA officer and deputy director at the Defense Intelligence Agency, “to further divide our allies, and cement existing fissures and disunity within [the Alliance] and the EU. He also believes he can benefit by humiliating the Western leaders and institutions when they fail to develop credible and practical options to counter his aggression.”

Whether Putin benefits at home for his audacious attack on Ukraine is not yet clear. (There were small protests in major Russian cities in the immediate aftermath of the invasion.) But if creating more stress on NATO was one of his goals, that failed.

FE Putin's Endgame 05
Ukrainians hold a protest against the Russian invasion of Ukraine outside Downing Street, central London. Stefan Rousseau/Getty

The Germans were widely viewed as the weakest link when it came to Russia, because of the two countries’ significant trade ties. And at the outset of the crisis, that skepticism seemed justified. Early on, for example, Estonia wanted to send a batch of old howitizers in its possession to Kyiv. But NATO regulations say that any weaponry given or sold to a non-NATO member must be approved by the country of origin. In this case, that country did not exist: The howitzers had been in possession of the old East Germany. Upon unification, Germany took control of them and ultimately passed them on to Finland, who eventually gave them to Estonia. When Tallinn wanted to send them on to Ukraine, to do its bit to help shore up Kyiv’s defenses, Germany—astonishingly—declined to approve the transfer.

That was followed by Berlin’s deep reluctance to stop the Nord Stream 2 natural gas pipeline linking Germany and Russia, despite pressure to do so from its own ambassador to the U.S., Emily Haber. Following the refusal, Haber wrote a widely publicized cable to new Chancellor Olaf Scholz, saying that the country was gaining a reputation as a bad ally.

To Putin, this must have indicated that his gas-politik was paying huge dividends. But it didn’t last long. Scholz visited Washington in early February and, in a post meeting press conference with Biden, stood by meekly as the president asserted that Nord Stream 2 was dead if Moscow took military action against Ukraine. On cue, hours after the invasion began last month, Germany halted certification of the $11 billion project.

In fact, far from deepening fissures within the alliance, Putin’s Ukraine gambit has had the opposite effect. Former CIA Director and Army General David Petraeus, upon returning from the Munich Security Conference shortly before the invasion, said he had never seen the Alliance so unified since the days when he served at NATO headquarters during the Cold War.

The evident unity among the members of what Biden accurately called the most powerful military alliance in history, has only made the plight of Ukraine more poignant. As the invasion unfolded, a member of the Ukrainian parliament in Kyiv, Alexey Goncharenko, begged NATO to impose a no-fly zone, to allow his countrymen to have a fairer fight on the ground. There was zero chance of that happening, because Kyiv wasn’t in the club.

FE Putin's Endgame 10
Ukrainians flock to the train station to leave capital Kyiv after Russian military intervention in the country in Kyiv, Ukraine on February 25, 2022. Wolfgang Schwan/Anadolu Agency/Getty

Soon now, its desire to be part of the West will be moot, as Putin’s Russia takes control—little more than 24 hours after the invasion began, Russian forces were already entering the the capital and Kyiv was hit with Russian “cruise or ballistic missiles.” Success is inevitable because Biden and the allies have made it clear that Moscow will not meet military resistance from the West. Over and over Biden has told the American people the U.S. will not fight on the ground in Ukraine. He knows the public has no stomach for it.

If events play out as military analysts now expect, the conflict will end relatively quickly with a negotiated settlement that may cede some territory to Russia, the installation of a new Russia-friendly regime in Kyiv and a partial withdrawal of troops that allows Putin to avoid the quagmire the West so badly wants him sucked into. In doing so, Putin will be able to claim that he dealt a devastating setback to NATO, the main goal of his aggression.

For Putin, the sack of Ukraine will likely mark the endgame in his desire to restore the empire. If it doesn’t, it will mean at some point the world’s two largest nuclear powers will be in a shooting war, with all the risk that entails. With his words and more importantly his actions, Biden is frantically signaling to Putin: this far, but no further. An anxious world hopes the Russian leader, satisfied with victory in Ukraine, will get the message.

America’s Ruling Regime Doesn’t Fear Disinformation. It Fears Truth

Democrats Plan Witch-Hunt To Destroy Republican Party, Leaving the U.S. A One-Party Dictatorship

The Biden/Democrat Hunt For “Domestic Terrorists” and the Coming “Internet Purge”

Biden Names Obama’s Top Behaviorist Brainwasher To Wage War Against Americans With Criminal Thoughts

Electing Biden Means War with Russia…period.

America’s Ruling Regime Doesn’t Fear Disinformation. It Fears Truth | Opinion

In Joe Biden‘s America, attempting to cancel Joe Rogan is just counter-terror policy.

This is because our ruling class—in the name of “defending democracy”—classifies those who question the regime on any matter of consequence as a threat to the homeland, and pledges to pursue them accordingly.

Our ruling elites have engaged in an overt war on wrongthink masquerading as a domestic counter-terror mission since at least January 6, 2021.

As part of this effort, the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) recently issued a speech-chilling National Terrorism Advisory System Bulletin. It claims the United States is in a “heightened threat environment fueled by several factors, including an online environment filled with false or misleading narratives and conspiracy theories, and other forms of mis- dis- and mal-information.”

It would appear the Biden administration considers the ivermectin-hocking, tequila-swigging, Bernie Sanders-supporting Rogan to be public enemy number one on this issue.

Shortly after hosting dissenters from COVID orthodoxy including Drs. Peter McCullough and the then-recently deplatformed Robert Malone on his podcast, Rogan found himself the subject of a cancel campaign contrived by washed-up musicians, non-medical doctors and corporate media whose ratings he has crushed.

But it wasn’t just these parties out for blood.

This effort was, to put it mildly, disingenuous. We know how seriously to take the administration’s views on COVID “misinformation and disinformation” because by its own standards the White House, and its media mouthpieces, have been the most powerful and prolific purveyors of “misinformation.”

The administration has flip-flopped on virtually every aspect of the coronavirus to positions that its social media adjuncts used to ban people over. It did so not because “the science” has changed, but because the politics have changed.

Biden’s White House says its critics are dangerous—not to the public, but to its rule, as if that rule is equivalent to America or democracy itself, as Dr. Anthony Fauci is to science.

As the DHS bulletin notes, the first key driver of the “heightened threat environment” is the “proliferation of false or misleading narratives, which sow discord or undermine public trust in U.S. government institutions.”

Never mind what those government institutions themselves have done to sow discord or undermine public trust, like, say, calling for Twitter and Facebook to censor people.

It’s the critics, the dissenters—those with no monopoly on force or multi-trillion-dollar budgets—who are the real scourge.

The bulletin lists as another potential threat “false or misleading narratives regarding unsubstantiated widespread election fraud”—perpetuating the narrative of “insurrection” so central to the effort to persecute wrongthinkers, while eliding that Democrats‘ own election integrity-eroding measures destroyed confidence in the system.

Joe Rogan podcast
This illustration photo shows the Spotify page for “The Joe Rogan Experience” podcast displayed on a smart phone in Washington, DC on February 7, 2022. – The head of music streaming giant Spotify Daniel Ek has condemned podcaster Joe Rogan’s use of a racial slur but insisted that silencing him was not the answer. MANDEL NGAN / AFP/Getty Images 

Previous Biden-era bulletins similarly focused on COVID-19 and election integrity, but the latest one—in a new twist—also claims that calls for violence have been tied to anger over “the evacuation and resettlement of Afghan nationals following the U.S. military withdrawal from Afghanistan.”

So it’s not just questioning the merits of mask and vaccine mandates, or skepticism over the security of mass mail-in elections, but doubts about the wisdom of dropping unvetted refugees from a terror-dominated backwater into the middle of your town that could get you in trouble with the security state.

This threat bulletin, like its no less disturbing predecessors, flows naturally from the Biden administration’s first-of-its-kind National Strategy for Countering Domestic Terrorism.

That strategy calls for confronting long-term contributors to domestic terrorism, including:

enhancing faith in government and addressing the extreme polarization, fueled by a crisis of disinformation and misinformation…. We will work toward finding ways to counter the influence and impact of dangerous conspiracy theories that can provide a gateway to terrorist violence.

Linking speech that does not comport with regime orthodoxy to terror, and using that pretext to police thought—with an armed Ministry of Truth operating out of our national security and law enforcement apparatus—therefore manifestly is “counter-terror” policy.

Casting critics as terrorists and threatening to sic the most powerful, pervasive and sophisticated security state in the history of the world on them is of course not about defending democracy or protecting the truth, but intimidating democratic opposition into silence and submission to an official narrative.

The regime evidently believes it must maintain a monopoly over the American mind to maintain a monopoly on power.

Joe Rogan threatened that power, and therefore constituted a danger. The threat was that he elicited insights from guests who challenged the regime’s credibility on all manner of issues related to COVID, and millions of people heard it.

Trump and his allies likewise threatened that power, and therefore constituted a danger. They were—and continue to be—pursued like terrorists, as the House January 6 Committee wields the full force of the federal government to investigate them, surveil their communications and audit their dealings. Why? Trump and his allies called the regime a failure, stated undeniable truths that resonated with Americans to justify that view and supported policies aimed at rectifying said failures that would disempower the ruling elites.

The most meek and unthreatening of January 6 defendants now face extreme, hyper-political prosecutions. They are being made an example of not because they ever posed a credible threat to the regime’s power, but as a signal to the millions of peaceful, patriotic Americans who might—through their collective speech, advocacy and voting.

The same goes for the parents outraged over anti-scientific and detrimental COVID-19 policies, and over critical race theory indoctrination in schools. The Department of Justice threatened to pursue them like jihadists—not because they are jihadists, but because parents awakened to the regime’s corrupt monopoly on the all-important institution of education could break that monopoly and end the careers of the politicians who support it. They must therefore be chilled.

The war on wrongthink is not about left or right. It’s about who rules: a sovereign people or the elites who deign to lord over us.

The ruling class—the “defenders of democracy”—sees citizens on the left and right opposed to its agenda and refuses to address their concerns peaceably. Instead, it calls them terror threats and pursues them using the full power of the public and like-minded private sectors.

The ruling class does not fear misinformation and disinformation. It fears truth, particularly the truth about its own rot, corruption and incompetence, which calls into question its authority.

This leaves us with a question: when everyone, from unorthodox presidents to curious podcasters to caring parents are deemed existential threats to the regime, how strong is the regime?

 

Ben Weingarten is a senior fellow at the London Center for Policy Research, fellow at the Claremont Institute and senior contributor to The Federalist. He is the author of American Ingrate: Ilhan Omar and the Progressive-Islamist Takeover of the Democratic Party (Bombardier, 2020). Ben is the founder and CEO of ChangeUp Media LLC, a media consulting and production company. Subscribe to his newsletter at bit.ly/bhwnews, and follow him on Twitter: @bhweingarten.

The Treasonous Campaign To Overthrow the American President By Hillary and Obama

Exposing The Clinton/Obama Scheme To Wage Political War On Donald Trump

“Bipartisan” Washington Insiders Reveal Their Plan for Chaos if Trump Wins the Election

The Coming Coup?
Democrats are laying the groundwork for revolution right in front of our eyes.

Obama lawyers form ‘worst-case scenario’ group to tackle Trump

Obama…Sore Loser, Wants Old Job Back…Hires Civilian Army To Sabotage Trump

Adriana Cohen: Donna Brazile, Liz Warren say DNC, Hillary Clinton worked to sabotage Bernie Sanders Hillary Clinton says Biden should not concede the election ‘under any circumstances’

Russiagate, the collective delusion that Donald Trump was secretly a Russian agent aided and abetted by the Kremlin, the topic of uncountable inches of Washington Post and New York Times copy and the entire primetime lineup of MSNBC, was a dirty trick by the Hillary Clinton campaign. Not just part of it. All of it. One of the most diabolical, successful misinformation campaigns ever concocted.

We already knew that the Steele dossier was garbage. Christopher Steele was paid indirectly by the Clinton campaign to dig up dirt, which he did by turning to other Clinton operatives, laundering every outlandish rumor about Trump he could find into an “investigative” document.

He shopped it to the FBI, which couldn’t verify his sources or any of his stories, but the agency dragged out the investigation to cast maximum suspicion on the new president. In the meantime, Steele found willing accomplices in the media to push his propaganda. The dupes at BuzzFeed even decided to print the whole pack of lies, with the flimsy rationale of “Well, why not?”

Hillary Clinton
Democrats are calling for Clinton to be investigated for her role in Russiagate.
Masterclass via REUTERS
Former President Donald Trump holds up papers as he speaks about the coronavirus in the James Brady Press Briefing Room.
President Donald Trump holds up papers as he speaks about the coronavirus in the James Brady Press Briefing Room.
Alex Brandon/AP

We got to the point where New York magazine was running a cover story that was one long piece of fan fiction that Trump was secretly a real-life version of “The Americans,” a sleeper agent now seated in the highest office in the land. The Times and Washington Post won a freaking Pulitzer!

A made-up story

Now another piece of Russia, Russia, Russia is kaputski. A computer server operated by Trump’s company was secretly communicating with a Russian firm, claimed Slate magazine and endless Twitter threads of would-be tech experts.

But as special counsel John Durham outlines in his latest indictment, that was just a story made up by tech executive Rodney Joffe, who desperately wanted a job with the Clinton administration. He hacked Trump’s servers, cherry-picked privileged Internet data he had access to, and molded it to look like something nefarious.

John Durham
Recent Durham filings have shown that Trump’s suspicion that he was being spied on was true.
Bob Child/AP

He was coached by lawyer Michael Sussmann — who was being paid by the Clinton administration, although he lied about that to investigators. Sussmann goes to the FBI as a “concerned citizen” — not a “Clinton stooge” — to try to get them to bite. The ultimate goal: Be able to leak to the Times that Trump is under official investigation.

Durham “definitely showed that the Hillary Clinton campaign directly funded and ordered its lawyers at Perkins Coie to orchestrate a criminal enterprise to fabricate a connection between President Trump and Russia,” says Kash Patel, the former chief investigator for the House Intelligence Committee.

Beyond outrageous

Of course, Hillary didn’t get what she wanted — the presidency. But her operatives didn’t stop, going on CNN to give “very concerned” interviews about a theory they knew was bull. All to undermine Trump’s presidency. It would take three years for the Mueller report to finally put the lie to rest, and we’re now, five years out, at the point where Durham is detailing the full conspiracy.

If this had happened to a Democrat, the press would be losing its mind. A candidate for president weaponized the nation’s Justice Department to pursue an investigation into their political opponent based on what they knew were lies. Americans were wiretapped! Some were entrapped for flimsy claims of perjury. The director of the FBI went into the Oval Office to tell the president that there was a sexual rumor floating around, so that it could be promptly leaked to the media. “Outrageous” doesn’t cover it. And still no shame from Hillary Clinton and her supporters, because it’s Donald Trump — anything is fair game to take him down.

All these things we’ve been lectured about over the past four years: Norms being broken, internet misinformation, perversion of government — it was all happening. It was the Democrats who were doing it. Think anyone in the left-wing media will notice?

Freedom Truckers Inspire World Opinion, While the Feds Are Quaking In Their Boots

[The Democrats want total control politically, to carry-out the same old radical left, politically correct agenda, but they often overlook the fact that everything political is reactionary, having more impact through reactions to PC support of the philosophy. Trump’s secret to power has always been his ability to provoke reactions to obvious political outrage, hence, the more radical steps that the liberals take, the more intense the opposition to them becomes. This is seen in the liberal reaction to the Freedom Convoy which advocates violent sabotage of the trucks. The Democrats scream for “Democracy,” on the one hand and advocate brainwashing, rehabilitation even expulsion to any who oppose their political dictates. Consider that there were more adult Americans who didn’t vote, in protest, than either party obtained in the big election.  Which side will end up saving our Democratic-Republic?]

Exclusive: DHS warns that trucker protests in U.S. could begin on Super Bowl Sunday

Watters: Freedom Convoy shows the ‘great awakening’ is taking over North America

He calls the establishment ‘scared’

Jesse Watters said the Freedom Convoy and other grassroots conservative movements show that the “great awakening is happening all across North America” in Friday’s opening monologue of “Jesse Watters Primetime.”

“The establishment is scared,” he said. “Moms have turned against them, Hispanics are turning against them, now blue-collar workers are turning against them. The great awakening is happening all across North America.”

“The continent’s best and brightest aren’t walking through the halls of Washington or Ottawa,” he continued. “It’s like comedian George Burns once said: ‘Too bad all the people who know how to run the country are busy driving taxis and cutting hair.’”

“Or maybe, they’re driving trucks.”

WHEN WILL THE FREEDOM CONVOY PROTEST END?

Watters compared the left’s leadership to a bad boss in the workplace, warning that “the people will revolt” if poor leadership affects everyday life.

Powerful liberals attempt to discredit the truckers’ message rather than listen to them, he noted. A CNN analyst tweeted to her followers, “Slash the tires, empty gas tanks, arrest the drivers, and move the trucks[.]”

The left’s fear stems from what truckers represent: “a threat to their power dynamic,” which Watters dubbed “their biggest fear.”

Protesters demonstrate. (AP Photo/Thibault Camus)

The Fox News host reported that the truckers have been entirely non-violent, unlike the Black Lives Matter rioters who totaled $2 billion in damages in summer 2020.

“Dozens of lives were lost in the chaos,” he added.

 

“The Democrats and the media are fine letting the cartels run wild as they ship poison into the neighborhood here, killing our kids and bringing death and destruction to town. But if you drive a big rig or care about your children’s education, they’re coming for you.”

US SOF Practice Irregular Warfare Against Anticipated American Southern Guerrilla “Freedom Fighters”

The Justice Department will create domestic terrorism unit to counter rising threats

The GOP Is a Grave Threat to American Democracy

Marjorie Taylor Greene Suggests ‘Second Amendment Rights’ Should Be Used Against Democrats

The Enemy Within–(State and local Republican parties have been taken over by white supremacists, conspiracy mongers, and insurrectionists.)

Imagine another American Civil War, but this time in every state

“According to a 2020 poll from the right-leaning American Enterprise Institute, 64% of Democrats see Republican policies as so misguided that they pose a serious threat to the country. Among Republicans, 75% believe Democratic Party policies are so misguided that they pose a serious threat to the country.”CNN

It’s Time to Repeal—and Replace—the Second Amendment

“half of all Republicans own guns, nearly three times the rate of gun ownership as among Democrats”

Robin Sage

Mark Price, The Charlotte Observer – Monday

CHARLOTTE, N.C. — A “realistic” guerrilla war will be fought across two dozen North Carolina counties in the coming weeks, with young soldiers battling seasoned “freedom fighters,” according to the U.S. Army.

The Army says an“ unconventional warfare exercise” will take place across North Carolina in late January into early February.

© -/AFP/Getty Images North America/TNSThe Army says an“ unconventional warfare exercise” will take place across North Carolina in late January into early February.

The two-week “unconventional warfare exercise” will be staged Jan. 22-Feb. 4 on privately owned land. And it will be realistic enough to include the sounds of gunfire (blanks) and flares, the U.S. Army John F. Kennedy Special Warfare Center and School said in a news release.

Exact times, locations and exercise specifics were not provided.

However, advance publicity is intended to make sure civilians — including law enforcement officers — don’t mistake the fighting for terrorism or criminal activity, which has happened in the past.

“Residents may hear blank gunfire and see occasional flares. Controls are in place to ensure there is no risk to persons or property,” the warfare center said.

“Residents with concerns should contact local law enforcement officials, who will immediately contact exercise control officials. … For the U.S. Army John F. Kennedy Special Warfare Center and School, safety is always the command’s top priority during all training events.”

Called Robin Sage, the exercise serves as a final test for Special Forces Qualification Course training and it places candidates in a politically unstable country known as Pineland.

The candidates face off against seasoned service members from units across Fort Bragg, as well as specially trained civilians, officials said. The setting is “characterized by armed conflict,” forcing the students to solve problems in a real world setting, the center says.

“These military members act as realistic opposing forces and guerrilla freedom fighters, also known as Pineland resistance movement,” the center said.

“To add realism of the exercise, civilian volunteers throughout the state act as role players. Participation by these volunteers is crucial to the success of this training, and past trainees attest to the realism they add to the exercise.

Advance public notice of “the U.S. military’s premiere unconventional warfare exercise” became a priority in 2002, after one soldier was killed and another wounded when a Moore County sheriff’s deputy mistook Robin Sage exercises for criminal activity.

Pineland covers counties primarily in southeastern North Carolina, as well as Chesterfield, Dillon and Marlboro counties in South Carolina.

The full list in North Carolina: “Alamance, Anson, Bladen, Brunswick, Cabarrus, Chatham, Columbus, Cumberland, Davidson, Guilford, Harnett, Hoke, Lee, Montgomery, Moore, New Hanover, Randolph, Richmond, Robeson, Rowan, Sampson, Scotland, Stanly, Union, and Wake.”

“All Robin Sage movements and events have been coordinated with public safety officials throughout and within the towns and counties hosting the training,” officials said.

Among the safety protocols implemented:

— “Formal written notification to the chiefs of law enforcement agencies in the affected counties, with a follow-up visit from a unit representative.

— All civilian and non-student military participants are briefed on procedures to follow if there is contact with law enforcement officials.

— Students will only wear civilian clothes if the situation warrants, as determined by the instructors, and will wear a distinctive brown armband during these instances.

— Training areas and vehicles used during exercises are clearly labeled.”

Would Anyone Believe It If Coronavirus Produced Its Own Vaccine, Called Omicron?

[They are having a hard time scaring the sheep with this Omicron Perseid variety, since it is so mild, resistant to vaccine and supposedly no one is dying from it yet…if it gives you the antibodies, then that sounds like a good way to innoculate the masses without more shots, kinda like when Moms get their kids chicken pox.]

Coronavirus: Omicron can reduce Delta infections, study shows; WHO warns of Omicron overload

  • While Omicron can evade some antibodies, after two weeks of getting symptoms, immunity to subsequent infections from the strain rose 14-fold
  • ‘If we are lucky, Omicron is less pathogenic, and this immunity will help push Delta out,’ says author of small study

Infection with the Omicron coronavirus variant can also strengthen immunity against the earlier Delta strain, reducing the risk of severe disease, according to a paper released by South African scientists.

While Omicron has been shown to be highly transmissible and can evade some antibodies, after two weeks of getting symptoms, immunity to subsequent infections from the strain rose 14-fold, according to the authors led by Alex Sigal and Khadija Khan of the Durban, South Africa-based Africa Health Research Institute. A smaller improvement was found against Delta, they said.

“If we are lucky, Omicron is less pathogenic, and this immunity will help push Delta out,” said Sigal, who has previously found a two-dose course of Pfizer Inc and BioNTech SE’s Covid-19 shot as well as a previous infection may give stronger protection against Omicron.

The latest findings suggest the likelihood of someone infected with Omicron being reinfected by Delta is limited, reducing the presence of the latter strain. Omicron is the dominant variant in South Africa’s fourth wave of infections, delivering record case numbers, and is fast becoming the dominant strain globally.

Alex Sigal, virologist at the African Health Research Institute, found Omicron can reduce Delta infections. Photo: Bloomberg
Alex Sigal, virologist at the African Health Research Institute, found Omicron can reduce Delta infections. Photo: Bloomberg

Delta ripped through the country in July and August, leading to record hospitalisation figures. Omicron has not yet had such an impact on health services.

The study is based on 15 participants, of which two were excluded as they did not detectably neutralise Omicron, and the data are being submitted to MedRxiv, a preprint medical publication. It has not been peer reviewed.

Since the participants had probably suffered previous Covid-19 infections and were largely vaccinated, it’s not clear if the results show the impact on Delta by Omicron-elicited antibodies or the activation of antibodies, the authors said.

The WHO warned Tuesday that the Omicron coronavirus variant could lead to overwhelmed health care systems even though early studies suggest it leads to milder disease, as Germany and China brought back tough restrictions to stamp out new infection surges.

China put hundreds of thousands more people under lockdown, while infections hit new highs in multiple US states and European countries. The United States has halved the isolation period for asymptomatic cases to try and blunt the disruption, while France has ordered firms to have employees work from home at least three days a week.

Despite facing a much smaller outbreak compared with global virus hotspots, China has not relaxed its “zero Covid” strategy, imposing stay-at-home orders in many parts of the city of Yan’an. The hundreds of thousands of affected residents there joined the 13 million people in the city of Xi’an, who entered a sixth day of home confinement as China battled its highest daily case numbers in 21 months.

“A rapid growth of Omicron … even if combined with a slightly milder disease, will still result in large numbers of hospitalisations, particularly among unvaccinated groups, and cause widespread disruption to health systems and other critical services,” warned WHO Europe’s Covid Incident Manager Catherine Smallwood.

To hold back the tide, European nations brought back curbs with painful economic and social consequences. Facing record-high infections, France stopped short of issuing a stay-at-home order but called on employers to make staff work from home three days a week where possible.

Sweden and Finland required negative tests for incoming non-resident travellers from Tuesday, a day after Denmark – which currently has the world’s highest rate of infection per capita – applied the same measure.

Beyond social strife, the pandemic has been punishing economically, in particular for sectors like travel.

Some 11,500 flights have been scrapped worldwide since Friday, and tens of thousands more delayed, during one of the year’s busiest travel periods. Multiple airlines have blamed staffing shortages caused by spikes of Omicron cases.

In an effort to prevent mass labour shortages during the surge, the US Centres for Disease Control and Prevention on Monday cut the isolation period for asymptomatic cases from 10 to five days.

The US is the nation hit hardest by the pandemic, and is closing in on its daily high of 250,000 cases recorded last January.

Brazil has emerged as a surprise winner in the vaccination race, despite patchy health services and lower income levels than in Europe or the United States.

South America is now the most vaccinated region in the world, with 63.3 per cent of the population fully inoculated, according to the Our World in Data project, which collects official numbers from governments worldwide.

Europe comes in second with 60.7 per cent. In Africa, just 8.8 per cent of the population has completed a full vaccination regimen.

Infection and death rates have plummeted compared to the middle of the year when Latin America and the Caribbean accounted for almost half of global deaths and infections. Now it is Europe where – due to the spread of the Omicron variant – contagion is rebounding.

In some major cities, including Rio de Janeiro and Sao Paulo, over 99 per cent of the adult population has received at least one dose, authorities say. Brazilians commonly claim with pride that the nation has a “cultura de vacinacao,” or “vaccine culture.”

The same can be said for several other nations in the region, which have previously launched expansive inoculation campaigns after traumatic infectious disease outbreaks in recent decades.

The region, however, is far from out of the woods, particularly as the Omicron variant spreads across the globe.

Cordoned-off benches in a shopping centre in Germany after tougher restrictions were imposed. Photo: dpa
Cordoned-off benches in a shopping centre in Germany after tougher restrictions were imposed. Photo: dpa

 

Tougher restrictions designed to curb the spread of the coronavirus come into force on Tuesday in several German states yet to enforce new measures to quell a fifth wave of infections.

People living in the states of Bavaria, Berlin, Hesse, North Rhine Westphalia, Saarland, Saxony, Schleswig Holstein and Thuringia will all face new contact restrictions.

In many places, the measures limit to 10 the number of people who can meet in one place for private gatherings, even if they are vaccinated. This excludes children under 14 years old.

If there are unvaccinated people present, the limit is one household and maximum two people from another household.

Similar measures are already in place in much of the rest of the country, as health authorities seek to prevent the spread of the new and more transmissible Omicron variant of Covid-19.

Federal and state leaders agreed to impose further restrictions by December 28, with the states individually responsible for implementing the new regulations. Nightclubs are shutting nationwide from Tuesday.

Officials are concerned about a further wave of Covid-19 infections in the new year, with fear over the new variant, which is now present in all of Germany’s 16 states.

Even if most infections are still caused by the Delta variant, the number of Omicron cases has increased significantly in recent weeks, according to Germany’s national disease control body, the Robert Koch Institute.

Meanwhile the government announced on Tuesday that it would buy one million packs of the drug Paxlovid from the US company Pfizer to prevent severe cases of Covid-19.

Health Minister Karl Lauterbach said that the first deliveries were expected before the end of January.

“The drug is extremely promising because it can significantly weaken a severe case of Covid-19 when administered early. I expect that we will be able to prevent numerous severe cases in intensive care units with it.”

Reporting by Bloomberg, Reuters, AFP, dpa.

Latest Fear Porn Overblown–Omicron variant symptoms ‘unusual but mild’, says South African doctor

The South African doctor who first sounded the alarm on the Omicron variant of the coronavirus said that its symptoms are “unusual but mild” in healthy patients — but she’s worried the strain could cause complications in the elderly and unvaccinated.

Dr. Angelique Coetzee, a practicing doctor for 30 years who chairs the South African Medical Association (SAMA), said she believed she had found a new strain of the virus after COVID-19 patients at her private practice in Pretoria exhibited strange symptoms.

“Their symptoms were so different and so mild from those I had treated before,” Coetzee told The Telegraph.

She called South Africa’s vaccine advisory committee on Nov. 18 after a family of four all tested positive for the virus with symptoms that included extreme fatigue.

So far, she’s had two dozen patients who tested positive and showed symptoms of the new variant, mostly young men. About half of the patients were unvaccinated, she said. None of those infected lost their sense of smell or taste.

Dr. Angelique Coetzee
Dr. Angelique Coetzee sounded the alarm on the Omicron variant of the coronavirus in South Africa.
SAMA

“It presents mild disease with symptoms being sore muscles and tiredness for a day or two not feeling well,” Coetzee told the paper. “So far, we have detected that those infected do not suffer the loss of taste or smell. They might have a slight cough. There are no prominent symptoms. Of those infected some are currently being treated at home.”

She described one “very interesting case” involving a 6-year-old girl.

She had “a temperature and a very high pulse rate, and I wondered if I should admit her. But when I followed up two days later, she was so much better,” she said.

Coetzee emphasized that all of her patients had been healthy, and expressed worry that elderly or unvaccinated patients could be hit by the omicron much harder –especially those with comorbidities such as diabetes or heart disease.

“What we have to worry about now is that when older, unvaccinated people are infected with the new variant, and if they are not vaccinated, we are going to see many people with a severe [form of the] disease,” she said.

WHO designates new COVID strain Omicron as ‘variant of concern’
The World Health Organization officially named the virus on Friday, skipping two letters of the Greek alphabet and choosing “Omicron.”

There have been no confirmed cases of the new variant in the United States yet, but officials believe it may already be here. Two cases have been confirmed in the United Kingdom, which joined the US and European Union in issuing travel restrictions.

On Friday, New York Gov. Kathy Hochul declared a state of emergency and put a temporary halt on all elective surgeries in anticipation of hospitalizations.

Saudi Stewardship of Lebanon Humanitarianism or Covert Warfare?

Lebanon to blame for strained relationship with Kingdom

 

Saudi Arabia and other Gulf states have been key in the efforts to rebuild Lebanon



Gulf
An unconscionable fate that has befallen Lebanon is of great concern to the entire Arab worldImage Credit: Gulf News 

What is Lebanon today? Put in a blender a self-serving ruling elite, along with a helpless people down on their luck and a prostrate nation withering on the vine, mix well, and you’ll have made yourself a modern-day Lebanon — a polity in free fall inexorably descending into political, economic and institutional collapse, ruled by freewheeling factions, topped by the likes of Hezbollah, whose loyalties are more in thrall to a foreign power than tied to their own country’s national interest.

This unconscionable fate that has befallen Lebanon is of great concern to the entire Arab world, given the fact that what happens in one country does not stay in that country, much in the manner that, as the saying has it, what happens in Las Vegas stays in Las Vegas.

Rather, the travails of one Arab country almost always have ripple effects, becoming part of the pan-Arab public debate and at times creating diplomatic strains and geopolitical shifts in the entire region.

Last Friday, Saudi Arabia gave the Lebanese ambassador 48 hours to leave the country.

The foreign ministry in Riyadh cited the reason as being comments by Lebanon’s Information Minister George Kordahi. The remark touches on cumulative acts of malfeasance by the various sectarian factions that make up the ruling class in Lebanon, acts that go all the way from calculatedly blocking reform to openly engaging in drug trafficking.

[Lebanese Information Minister George Kordahi said Iran-backed Houthi rebels in Yemen were

“defending themselves… against an external aggression,”

UAE urges citizens to exit Lebanon ‘as soon as possible’ amid row over Yemen war

SEE: al qaida in yemen ;  saudi lebanon]

lebanon min-1635587843136
(FILES) In this file photo taken on September 13, 2021, Lebanon’s Minister of Information George Kordahi speaks during a press conference at the presidential palace in Baabda, east of the capital Beirut. – Saudi Arabia said on October 29 it was recalling its ambassador to Lebanon and giving Beirut’s envoy 48 hours to leave Riyadh, after “insulting” remarks made by Kordahi on the Yemen war. (Photo by ANWAR AMRO / AFP)Image Credit: AFP

These factions in today’s Lebanon are running amuck, imbued with the feeling that they are untouchable, outside the reach of the laws of the land.

Consider this. You and I, along with everybody and his uncle, know what happened in Beirut on Aug. 4, 2020, when around 2750 tons of ammonium nitrate, mindlessly stored at the city’s port since 2014, within a block or two of densely populated neighbourhoods, exploded into an inferno that killed 225 people, injured 225, left hundreds of thousands homeless and around 86,000 homes destroyed.

Apocalypse allowed to happen

Well, you would imagine that a probe into how that apocalypse was allowed to happen — a probe owed the Lebanese people by their government — would’ve long been concluded by now. It is not. And it is not because these same factions have blocked it lest their complicity in the tragedy be exposed. As simple as that, my dear Watson.

On Saturday, in a lengthy article about how corruption has ruined Lebanon, the New York Times Beirut correspondent, Rania Abouzeid, wrote of what the prominent Lebanese investigative journalist Riad Kobassi saw while he looked into why no probe into the disaster was ever concluded and why no one person was ever indicted.

“Over the years”, wrote Abouzeid, “Kobassi and his colleagues have revealed how, for the right price, shipping containers [at the port] entered or exited the country without proper inspection. Containers were stolen and passed through security checkpoints. Of the 25 customs officials at the port responsible for inspecting containers, 16 were caught in footage taking bribes that Kobassi broadcast. All kept their jobs, even after eight were prosecuted and some were imprisoned. ‘Till now, till now, they are still serving in their positions at the Beirut harbour. Till now! You’re asking me how there was an explosion at the port? This is how’.”

A basket case

It was, incidentally, in these very containers, marked as agricultural products, that Lebanese drug kingpins, operating in cahoots with these factions — political blocks, like Hezbollah, smuggled tens of millions of emphetamine pills into Saudi Arabia that the authorities discovered last year. (In April, Riyadh in a predictable retaliatory move, the kingdom banned any further Lebanese agricultural products from entering the kingdom.)

[SEE: “CAPTAGON” ; Saudi Prince Arrested In Beirut, Smuggling 2 TONS of Captagon, Addictive, Amphetamine Mind-Control Drug ; CAPTAGON—Saudi Mind Control Drug of Choice]

Ironically, it was Saudi Arabia, along with the other Gulf states, that was key in efforts to fund the rebuilding of Lebanon, in particular its national capital, in the wake of the crushing 15-year civil war that ended in 1990, and that went on to become the country’s largest export market. Billions of dollars were invested in the nation’s economy and its infrastructure. Yet today, more than three decades after the fact, Lebanon is a basket case, with its currency virtually worthless and its people pitiably destitute.

So is there a heavy-duty crisis, or a crisis of any kind, between Lebanon and the Gulf states?

Asked about that by CNBC last Saturday while he was in Rome, Saudi Arabia’s Foreign Minister, Prince Faisal Bin Farhan, said: “I don’t think I would call it a crisis. I think we simply have come to the conclusion that dealing with Lebanon and its current government is not productive … with Hezbollah’s continuing dominance of the political scene, and with what we perceive as a continuing reluctance by the government and Lebanon’s political leaders to enact the necessary reforms … in order to push the country in the direction of real change. We have decided that engagement at this point is not productive or useful, and it’s not really in our interests”.

We can also look at it this way: when an ambassador to your country has nothing credible left to say about the incredible political system in the nation he represents, it is time for that ambassador to be told that he should lift anchor and sail away.

— Fawaz Turki is a journalist, academic and author based in Washington. He is the author of The Disinherited: Journal of a Palestinian Exile

 

The House of Representatives Is Failing American Democracy

 

The House of Representatives Is Failing American Democracy

By fleeing to the political extremes, a co-equal House of Congress is abdicating its lawmaking power.

illustration of the House of Representatives in neon colors.
Chip Somodevilla / Getty; The Atlantic

In the fight over if and when a vote on the bipartisan infrastructure bill would take place and whether it would be tied to a vote on President Joe Biden’s broader economic agenda, one fact was overlooked: House Democrats passed their own infrastructure bill in July. The reason you haven’t heard much about that measure is that the House acquiesced to the Senate’s demand that it vote on the Senate’s bill without amendment. In doing this, the House accepted a bill that not only omitted many progressive priorities but also had no input from its members.

If the irrelevance of the House in this negotiation were an unusual case, it may not be cause for concern. But this is the way most major laws have been made for the past decade: They are products of the Senate with little or no House involvement. This is because the House—whether controlled by Democrats or Republicans—now acts as if it were a unicameral legislature in a parliamentary system, rather than acknowledging that it is only one of two legislative chambers in a presidential system. It routinely passes partisan legislation that cannot pass in the Senate, because it is too far out of the American ideological center. The result is a House of Representatives that now serves only to either block or—in the case of “must pass” legislation—rubber-stamp Senate bills on major issues. Members of the House have largely given up their power, and thus their constituents’ power, to create legislation that addresses our nation’s biggest problems.

This state of affairs is not what the Founders intended. Two of the main reasons the Framers of the Constitution created two chambers of Congress were to provide Americans with multiple access points to the lawmaking process, and to force representatives and senators to deliberate and compromise. They believed that this would not only produce the best laws but also promote the legitimacy of these laws, because the manifold voices in our nation would have the potential to be heard through their representatives as well as their senators.

As I wrote in a chapter of Under the Iron Dome, a recently published anthology, members of the House now mainly represent their party and its platform rather than their constituents’ diverse views. Through changes in the rules, members have relinquished much of their individual power and disempowered committees in order to give their party leaders the ability to shape legislation for the purpose of pursuing the party’s goals. In formulating legislation, party leaders cater to interest groups, activists, and donors aligned with the party to build electoral support. These supporters tend to be further toward the ideological extremes. Little to no effort is expended to pick up votes from the other party in the legislative process. This may be a reasonable way to legislate in a single-chamber parliamentary system, but the House is only one half of one branch in the American lawmaking process.

The problem with the House legislating in this manner is compounded by the prevalence of divided government, where control of the White House, the House, and the Senate is split between the parties. Divided government has occurred more than 30 out of the past 41 years, or 40 out of 41 when considering the need for 60 votes in the Senate to overcome a filibuster. During these periods, only bipartisan bills can become law, and partisan House legislating only contributes to gridlock. Sometimes, however, a consensus emerges that legislation must be passed to address a particular issue. When this has occurred in the past decade, the necessary bipartisan compromise bill has been written in the Senate and passed without changes by the House. This happened in October 2013 and January 2018, when Republicans controlled the House and a compromise was needed to end a government shutdown. But it also happens when the House is in Democratic hands. In 2019, when there was a humanitarian crisis at the southern border, a bipartisan bill produced in the Republican Senate became law, because the bill passed by House Democrats could not pass in the Senate.

When one of the two chambers of Congress is not contributing to lawmaking on the most important issues facing our country, our democracy is not healthy. It is especially troublesome when the weak link is the House, because that chamber was intended to play a preeminent role in ensuring the people’s democratic control of the republic. The House has always been considered the bulwark of American democracy.

Could we solve this problem by eliminating the Senate filibuster? Perhaps. But divided government is now prevalent. And even when Republicans had unified control in 2017 and 2018, and used the budget-reconciliation process to skirt the filibuster in their attempts to repeal the Affordable Care Act and enact big tax cuts, the Senate still largely determined the outcome on both bills. The Build Back Better reconciliation bill will again test whether the House can generate leverage vis-à-vis the Senate even without the filibuster.

Another option to make the House more effective at legislating, and to open up the possibility of more voices being heard in the lawmaking process, would be to change the chamber’s rules to re-empower individual members and committees, thus providing more opportunities for bipartisan legislating to occur in the House. The bipartisan House Problem Solvers Caucus, of which I was a member, attempted to do this in 2018, when it endorsed a package of rule changes. Leveraging our votes in the January 2019 speaker-of-the-House election enabled us to win a few changes. A new speaker will be elected in the next Congress (assuming that Nancy Pelosi keeps her pledge to step down or Republicans become the majority), presenting another opportunity to secure rule reforms. But if nothing changes, “the people’s House” will continue to produce more theatrics than solutions, failing the people and our democracy.

Pharmaceutical “Mafia” Strong-Arms the American People To Finance the American Medical Dictatorship

[search for “medical dictatorship“]

The House of Representatives Is Failing American Democracy

Colin Powell was fully vaccinated, but he still died from COVID complications.

The drug in question only costs $17.74 to produce. Unfortunately, this type of behaviour is widespread in US pharma

‘The pharmaceutical giant Merck is planning to charge Americans $712 for a Covid drug that cost only $17.74 to produce and whose development was subsidized by the American government.’
‘The pharmaceutical giant Merck is planning to charge Americans $712 for a Covid drug that cost only $17.74 to produce and whose development was subsidized by the American government.’ Photograph: Merck & Co Inc/Reuters

 

Last week, we learned that Merck is planning to charge Americans 40 times its cost for a Covid drug whose development was subsidized by the American government. The situation spotlights two sets of facts that have gone largely unmentioned in the legislative debate over whether to let Medicare negotiate for lower drug prices.

Fact one: Americans are facing not merely expensive drugs but prices that are examples of outright profiteering.

Fact two: in many cases, the medicines we are being gouged on are those that we the public already paid for.

These facts show us that pharma-bankrolled Democrats trying to kill drug pricing measures aren’t just bought and paid for in this particular skirmish – they are foot soldiers in the pharmaceutical industry’s larger multi-decade campaign to seal off and rig America’s alleged “free market”.

First, there’s the price point of drugs. It’s not merely that Americans are paying the world’s highest prices for pharmaceuticals, it’s that in many cases, we are paying prices that aren’t even close to what consumers in other countries pay.

A new Public Citizen analysis shows that the 20 top-selling medicines generated almost twice as much pharmaceutical industry revenue in the United States as in every other country combined. Sure, compared with others, Americans may buy a lot of prescription drugs, but this study reflects something much bigger at play: pharma-sculpted public policies that allow drug price levels to go beyond profits and into profiteering.

That term “profiteering” is important here because drugmakers aren’t losing lots of money in other countries where they sell medicines at lower prices.

Let’s remember: pharmaceutical companies aren’t altruistic charities that offer their products abroad at a loss. On the contrary, they are still making healthy profits at lower world-market prices – and as the Intercept’s Lee Fang notes, they are making those healthy profits while boasting of innovation and job growth in countries that have allowed their governments to use bulk purchasing power to negotiate lower prices.

The same arrangement could happen in the United States. We could significantly reduce medicine prices, which would save Medicare and individual consumers hundreds of billions of dollars, and in the process we would do little to significantly reduce pharmaceutical innovation. Indeed, a recent Congressional Budget Office study projected that even if profits on top drugs decreased by a whopping 25%, it would only result in a 0.5% average annual reduction in the number of new drugs entering the market over the next decade.

The reason that reduction in new drugs would be so small gets to the other inconvenient fact being left out of the conversation in Congress right now: for all the pharmaceutical industry’s self-congratulatory rhetoric about its own innovations, the federal government uses your tax dollars to fund a lot of that innovation, research and development.

study from the National Academy of Sciences tells that story: the federal government spent $100bn to subsidize the research on every single one of the 200-plus drugs approved for sale in the United States between 2010 and 2016.

Because we the public invested early in these medicines, we reduced the R&D costs for pharmaceutical companies. Therefore, on the back end, the public should have received some sort of return in the form of affordable prices. After all, we took the initial risk, and we lowered the overhead costs that the drug companies might need to recoup through higher prices. In business terms, the public is the early venture investor in these products, and we deserve a share of the returns when the product proves valuable.

However, in the mid-1990s, that business axiom was tossed out when drug lobbyists persuaded the Clinton administration to repeal rules that allowed federal officials to require government-subsidized drugs to be offered to Americans at a “reasonable price”.

A few years later, Congress – with then-Senator Joe Biden’s help – voted down legislation to reinstate these rules, and later the Obama administration rejected House Democrats’ request that federal officials at least provide guidelines to government agencies about how they can exercise their remaining powers to combat drug price gouging.

The result: we now routinely face immoral situations like last week’s news that pharmaceutical giant Merck is planning to charge Americans $712 for a Covid drug that cost only $17.74 to produce and whose development was subsidized by the American government.

That’s just the latest example of the absurd paradigm: we take the risk of investing early in the product, but instead of that investment reaping us something valuable like affordable prices, we are rewarded with price gouging by the drugmakers that bankroll the lawmakers who’ve rigged the rules – and aim to keep them rigged.

All of this underscores how corrupt and insane the current conversation in Congress really is – and in truth, it’s way more corrupt than it even seems on the surface.

We aren’t merely watching pharma-bankrolled lawmakers try to stop Medicare from negotiating lower prices for drugs – they are trying to stop the government from negotiating lower prices for medicines that the government already paid for, and that we are being charged the world’s highest prices for.

This opposition is just the latest crusade to keep the American market walled off for maximum manipulation. Laws written by drug lobbyists prohibit wholesalers from importing lower-priced medicines from other countries, give drug companies 20-year patents on government-subsidized medicine, prevent the government from requiring reasonable prices for drugs the government pays for and block Medicare from using its bulk purchasing power to negotiate lower prices.

That’s not a “free market”. It is a top-down command economy perfectly calibrated for price gouging, and the pharmaceutical industry and its puppet politicians want to keep it that way.

  • David Sirota is a Guardian US columnist and an award-winning investigative journalist. He is an editor-at-large at Jacobin, and the founder of the Daily Poster. He served as Bernie Sanders’ presidential campaign speechwriter
  • This article was originally published in the Daily Poster, a grassroots-funded investigative news outlet

 

ISIS-K Is Just Another Product of CIA Afghan Assassin Network

[ISIS-K consists of mercenary “Islamists”, mostly ex-TTP, who have been hired by ISIS in Syria to create the impression of a growing worldwide “Caliphate”. Originally recruited from anti-Shiite/Hazara mass-murderers in Pakistan and Afghanistan, to come to Syria and continue their work there. After being run-out of Pakistan by Pak Zarb-i-Azb military offensive, the TTP, soon to be ISIS-K, were sheltered for several years in Afghanistan by local Pushtuns and the Afghan secret services until they became useful. The Afghan Govt supported a Khorasani offensive against the Afghan Taliban, until they were severely beaten by the Talib and thereafter kept penned-up in and around Nangarhar (Afghan Taliban Keep ISIS Penned-Up In The Wilderness of Nangarhar ). After the Taliban victory, Taliban found them useful, using them to attack the Americans and the airport, making new American media disinformation (Trusting the Taliban to Fight Islamic State ) seem probable, allowing the CIA to continue and to expand Afghan operations under the watchful Taliban eye.
Kabul explosion signals opening of jihadi civil war in Afghanistan

TTP Spokesman Confesses the Expected…Pak. Taliban Work For India, Afghanistan

The Islamic State in ‘Khorasan’: How it began and where it stands now in Nangarhar

Top US Gen. Admits That 70% of “ISIS” In Afghanistan Actually TTP, Pakistani Taliban

The top US commander in Afghanistan General John Nicholson has said roughly 70 per cent of the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria (ISIS) terror group loyalists fighting in Afghanistan are the members of Tehrik-e-Taliban Pakistan.

“In the case of Islamic State Khorasan province, the majority of the members are from the Tehreek-i-Taliban Pakistan (TTP).”

https://www.foxnews.com/opinion/tucker-carlson-talibans-job-easier-biden-list-americans-afghanistan

Afghan Taliban Keep ISIS Penned-Up In The Wilderness of Nangarhar

United States Re-Packaged Al Qaeda As ‘Khorasan Group’ To Sell Attack (On Syria)

US Drone Strike In Khost Kills 3 TTP/ISIS Taliban, While Pak Army Hangs 2 More, Same Group

Manufacturing Justification for the NATO Takeover of Central Asia–(Part One)

Smashing Greater Central Asia—Part II  Risking the World

Smashing Greater Central Asia—Part III  Phantom Threats

Smashing Greater Central Asia – (Part IV)–Smashing Systematically

Kabul explosion signals opening of jihadi civil war in Afghanistan

Former State Department member says ISIS-K ‘tends to be about as far on the spectrum of evil as you can possibly be.’

The ISIS-K suicide bombing marked the deadliest day for American forces in Afghanistan since August 2011.

In an interview with Fox News, Christopher Harnisch, former deputy coordinator for counterterrorism at the U.S. State Department, broke down the terrorist group’s motivation for the attack amid the U.S. completing its withdrawal from the country.

“We in the West tend to think of the target being Americans,” Harnisch told Fox News. “The real purpose was to attract potential recruits into its ranks, and also to really launch a civil war against the Taliban and other groups fighting along the periphery.”
The group, known as Islamic State Khorasan Province or ISIS-K, is an Afghan affiliate of the group’s core leadership in Syria and Iraq. After the Islamic State lost its territory following a five-year military campaign by local and international forces, the caliphate increasingly turned to Afghanistan for its fighters.

ISIS-K was founded in 2015 by several hundred disillusioned Pakistani Taliban fighters. According to Harnisch, the goal of all ISIS factions is “to establish a global caliphate governed by the most extreme and oppressive interpretation of Sharia.”

“With the withdrawal from Afghanistan, ISIS-K sees an opportunity to fill a security vacuum and ultimately try to come to power,” he continued.

In order to gain control of the region, ISIS-K will have to fight the Taliban, which just toppled the U.S.-backed government in Afghanistan after a 10-day blitz and currently sits at the helm of the country.

In addition to sparking a civil war with rival militant Islamist jihadi groups, another reason for the attack was to aid the terrorists group’s global recruitment effort.

“ISIS-K knows that in order to achieve success and achieve its vision of setting up a caliphate based in Afghanistan, it’s going to need manpower,” said Harnisch.

A United Nations report in June found that 8,000 to 10,000 jihadists from Central Asia, the North Caucasus region of Russia, Pakistan and the Xinjiang region in China have entered into Afghanistan in recent months. According to the report, most are associated with the Taliban or Al Qaeda, the report said, but others are allied with ISIS-K.

“ISIS-K’s objective was to undermine the credibility of the Taliban by showing Afghans and the world that the Taliban is incapable of providing security,” Harnisch claimed. “The attack was a huge propaganda victory,” he continued.  “Aspiring jihadists all over the world saw that and they’re saying, ‘ISIS is the one in charge here.’”

While ISIS-K’s estimated 1,500-2,000 members pale in comparison to the Taliban’s near 80,000, Harnisch said he believes the number of ISIS-K recruits entering into Afghanistan will increase over the coming months following Thursday’s attack.

When comparing ISIS-K with the Taliban and Al Qaeda, Harnisch said “tactically speaking they’re very similar,” with all three engaging in “absolutely barbaric, evil terrorist attacks.”

However, he admitted that ISIS-K’s attacks “tend to be about as far on the spectrum of evil as you can possibly be.”

Harnisch specifically recalled an incident in 2020 in which ISIS-K targeted the maternity ward of a hospital in Kabul, killing 24 people including newborn babies and mothers.

“The Taliban and al-Qaida, though evil organizations and barbaric in their own right, haven’t gone that far in terms of their attacks,” he said.

Despite the Unites States’ desire to disengage from long, drawn-out international conflicts, Harnisch claimed, “the fight against terror, it will continue.”

The former Counterterrorism Director at the National Security Council criticized .U.S leadership for its false promise to “end forever wars.”

“We ended the war in Afghanistan, but I can tell you right now that the war against terror is not over,” he said. “It will continue because we just handed the Taliban, ISIS and al Qaeda, a major victory.”

Mullah Baradar…central terrorist leader at the center of CIA/ISI Psyop, deception operation

Mullah Baradar… (click on Baradar, 106 posts)

central terrorist leader at the center of CIA/ISI Psyop, deception operation

Arresting Taliban To Cover America’s Ass–(updated 1/29/19)

By:  Peter Chamberlin

The multitude of theories on the reasons for the arrests are divided between cooperation and confrontation theories, either it is explained by mutual interests or by rivalries.  In my opinion, it is both.

Researchers and analysts are banging their heads against many walls, searching for meaning in reports of multiple arrests of Taliban, by the Pakistani government.  Speculation is running rampant, that Pakistan has finally “seen the light,” that it represents a “split” within the Taliban, or that Pakistan has arrested Taliban who have been negotiating with Brits or Americans.  In my opinion, the arrests began as a clean-up operation to remove links to the intelligence being revealed in British courts, but it turned into a tit-for-tat series of paybacks between the ISI and the CIA.

The true meaning of the arrests can be ascertained from the timing of the events.  It may have been primarily an American/Pakistani operation to isolate Taliban leaders who had either negotiated with the British, or had been held at Guantanamo.  British courts had taken up the case of Binyam Mohamed and American officials publicly stated that disclosing classified information about US abuse of this detainee would damage intelligence cooperation between the agencies of the two nations.

The first arrest, of Taliban number two, Mullah Abdul Ghani Baradar, was on, or about  Feb. 7.  Multiple news reports have tied Baradar to ongoing negotiations to identify and isolate “reconcilable” Taliban.  These attempts at negotiating have all come from the British or Afghan sides, with the US supposedly prepared to take advantage of any breakthroughs.

On February 10, 2010:

 

A British court has ordered the government to disclose classified information about the treatment of a former Guantanamo Bay…It was released after judges at an appeals court on Wednesday rejected the UK government’s claim that disclosing the information would damage intelligence co-operation with US agencies.”

In the days that followed, the western media was abuzz with more reports that Pakistan had made multiple “arrests” of the Taliban’s leadership.  It is impossible to know how many of these names obtained from the Western media are correct, but some of them had also been tied to the British negotiations, while at least two of them were former inmates of Guantanamo.

Mullah Abdul Raouf. GUANTANAMO Taliban military chief for northern Afghanistan

Mullah Abdul Qayoum Zakir GUANTANAMO around 2006, then transferred to Afghanistan government custody in late 2007, eventually released around May 2008. American officials won’t say why he was let go and have not released a photograph of him.

Mullah Abdul Salam is unidentifiable, at this point, whether he is the governor of Kunduz, or the former Taliban who was involved with British diplomat Michael Semple and EU diplomat Mervyn Patterson, or still other candidates, such as former inmate of Guantanamo Mullah Abdul Salam Zaeef, or Mullah Abdul Salaam Rocketi.

Mullah Muhammad Hassan

Mullah Muhammad Younis.  who is also known as Akhunzada Popalzai

Mullah Ahmed Jan Akhunzada (could be Akhunzada Popalzai)

Maulavi Abdul Kabir, aka Mullah Abdul Kahir Osmani

Mohtasim Agha Jan, son-in-law of Mullah Omer

 

Do the arrests mean that Pakistan has embraced the American mission in the war on terror?

The following timetable relates the arrests to the rest of the unfolding understory.

1/28-  London conference

2/2-4-  India/Iran development conference, topic opening Afghan route

2/8-  Mullah Abdul Ghani Baradar

2/13-  Operation Moshtarak offensive begins

2/17-  Mullah Abdul Salam

2/18-  Car-bomb targeting Mangal Bagh mosque, blamed on Berelvi  “Ansar al-Islam”

2/18-  Mohammed Haqqani killed in Predator attack

2/20-  Two Sipah e-Sahaba militants killed Faisalbad

2/20-  Pak Army adds 26 posts to border, Balochistan

2/23-  Rigi arrested

2/23-  Pak announces new naval base near Gwadar

2/24-  Qari Zafar killed Predator

2/25-  India/Pakistan talks

2/26-  Kabul bomb targets Indian doctors

2/26-  Khalid Khwaja petitions Lahore High Court to block deportation of Taliban.

2/27-  Intra-Sunni battles Faisalbad  (revival of Sipah e-Sahaba attacks on Berelvi)

2/27-  Hafiz Saeed, “India will have to fight if it will not talk.”  Silence on Taliban arrests

If you look at the timetable to understand whether or not Pakistan and the US are on the same page you see some clear evidence of a joint US/Pakistan mission to eliminate the Taliban leadership, but more than that, you see specific acts of resistance on Pakistan’s part.

There is one inescapable reality–the Pakistani Army will never truly turn on the Taliban, who represent their last line of defense, as well as their first option, in any contest with India.  The historical relationship between the military and the militants has been one where the government has used sectarian terror groups (and even created them) to keep the tribes, sects and political groups in line.  Keep these things in mind, as you consider the events.

In addition to the arrests, the timetable details American predator strikes which have eliminated some of the Army’s protected militants, in particular, Mohammed Haqqani and Qari Zafar.  In between those two American assassinations, you have the arrest of American asset against Iran, Abdolmalek Rigi, thanks to Pakistan’s ISI.  Between the Haqqani hit and the Rigi arrest, Pakistan set-up 26 border posts to block US hot pursuit into Balochistan.  Long dormant Sipah e-Sahaba started anti-Berelvi rioting in Faisalbad.  After the Rigi arrest, Pakistan announced plans for a new naval base near the Chinese-constructed port at Gawadar.

After the Predator killed Qari, the India/Pakistan talks started and quickly ended, followed by the bombing of the Indians living in Kabul.  This was followed by Khalid Khwaja (of Daniel Pearl fame) interceding at the Lahore High Court to block extradition of the Taliban.  But this does not leave us with a clear-cut case of Pakistan blocking American moves and supporting militants for political terrorism, but a record that speaks of both the United States and Pakistan together using militant Islamists and gangs for terrorism.

The Rigi case was a concrete example of the US supporting groups who are committing terror attacks, just like the case of Pakistan and the Taliban.  Pakistan handing him to Iran is a clear sign of resistance to American plans, but it should probably be understood as retribution for the killing of Mohammed Haqqani.  But in spite of all this, there have been new signs since all of this has transpired that points to a new direction for the CIA/ISI partnership that leads where all parties have always wanted to go—central Asia.

A new war drama has emerged in Baghlan province, the former domain of “shadow” governor, Mulla Mir Mohammad; there, the forces of ISI friend Gubuddin Hekmatyar (former CIA friend) have attacked the local Taliban who are hosting IMU terrorists (Islamic Movement of Uzbekistan).  This marks a new direction for a joint CIA/ISI mission.  Together, Pakistan and the US will back Heckmatyar as the northern front is expanded (with the “discovery” of many new Uzbek militants) and moves to secure the new supply line.

Today’s news reports that Hekmatyar’s forces have surrendered to the Karzai (Northern Alliance) government.  This opens the door to Pakistani-backed militants becoming part of the “reconciliation” program.  This will allow the US to buy its way out of Afghanistan in such a way as to set-up the movement of US forces northward toward the hydrocarbon deposits of Central Asia.

Until this new level of cooperation was brought together, Pakistan and the US have been on a collision course over disagreements on the mission of the terror war, which began in the confrontations between Bush and Musharraf over the war in Waziristan.  That period was marked by US and British efforts to penetrate the veil of secrecy that shrouded South Waziristan, as well as the North.  One of the most effective of these intrusions was by the British through their agent Michael Semple and his efforts to find “reconcilables” and convert them to an anti-Taliban mission.

The Semple mission through Mansoor Dadullah penetrated the S. Waziristan cloak of secrecy, where it exposed another covert mission, a joint American/Israeli/Indian mission, known as the “Pakistani Taliban” (TTP), run by Mansoor’s big brother (Mullah Dadullah).  Upon this discovery, the British mission was exposed and shut down by the American government (SEE: Dissecting the Anti-Pakistan Psyop).

The TTP project continued to rain havoc upon Pakistan, forcing the Army to finally take action, even though the local tribes had opposed past military offensives.  The TTP would rain such hell down upon the heads of the innocent people of FATA and the NWFP that they would welcome the Army with open arms and even accept an American drone war in their midst.  Anything, as long as someone got rid of those pesky militants!

After the Obama Administration took over, CIA sources were tricked into targeting the head of the TTP, Baitullah Mehsud, despite countless attempts to avoid him in the past, because he had become such a thorn in Pakistan’s side.  His successor, Hakeemullah, was an even bigger pain, as he escalated the terror attacks upon both government and sectarian targets until he foolishly went too far, seeking revenge upon the CIA for Baitullah, leading to his own demise.

The killing of Hakeemullah’s mentor, Qari Zafar, and the subsequent elimination of the rest of the TTP leadership has eliminated the hierarchy that was carefully cultivated over many years by the consortium of spy agencies.   The same airborne strategy that has eliminated former American assets like the Mehsuds through a succession of decapitation strikes, was also responsible for elevating them into their leadership positions in the first place.

The tricks of the trade that have been utilized to develop and control agents of influence in S. Waziristan, like Baitullah and Tahir Yuldashev (and especially their former mentor, Guantanamo inmate Abdullah Mehsud) are from the CIA’s deepest bag of dirty tricks. From what we know today, these “high-value” militants were subjected to military mind-control science, as the agency and the military pulled-out all stops in breaking these guys at Guantanamo and Bagram.   Even more severe measures were used in Uzbekistan, where Yuldashev and others were persuaded to embrace our line of thinking.  In addition to the various modes of torture employed at Guantanamo, we can safely assume that darker methods like psychotropic drugs and electroshock were also used on these reconditioned “Islamist” leaders, when we have already used them on our own troops.

American attempts to block the British court ruling that would open the door to public discussion of the secret illegal methods used upon the inmates of Guantanamo is the reason for the breakdown of communications between CIA and MI6.  It would make perfect “Imperial” sense to have Pakistan round-up and hold all the Taliban leaders who possessed first-hand experiences of the Guantanamo brainwashing process or those who had been exposed to the British negotiations which uncovered the actions of some of the brainwashed leaders in S. Waziristan.

In S. Waziristan, around the town of Wana, the graduates of the various CIA/military torture/brainwashing programs convened to create both the TTP and Jundullah, Rigi’s group.  Abdullah Mehsud had come to Wana after leaving Gitmo, along with Tahir Yuldashev, forming the base of the “Pakistani Taliban.”  There they agitated and terrorized the tribal region to accept Wahabbi “Shariah.”   They were reinforced in 2007 by Mullah Dadullah Akhund, after he was released from his year studying at another American “Islamist university”, probably at Baghram.

Near Wana, the group hosted trainers from Lashkar e-taiba and Lashkar e-Jhangvi to turn-out the large number of TTP fighters who have plagued Pakistan’s Swat region.  To this deadly mix, a radical Wahabbi preacher named Haji Namdar was exported to Bara in Khyber, from Saudi Arabia, where he had been radicalizing for the previous six years.  Namdar was like all of the aforementioned Taliban leaders who had been taken earlier in the war and were in American hands in Guantanamo or Afghanistan for long periods of time, or they were indoctrinated in countries dominated by US forces, such as Saudi Arabia, in preparation for their return to Pakistan and the planned destabilization mission.

The same irregular warfare tactics that US forces and the CIA were employing in Pakistan were used in Afghanistan, as well.  The same pattern of aerial decapitation inspired leadership changes, involving former Guantanamo prisoners, was followed in Afghanistan.  Next in line to Mullah Omar, Mullah Akhtar Usmani, was killed by airstrike, after a phone call was intercepted by British drone.   He was replaced by Mullah Baradar, who allegedly may be replaced by possible Guantanamo alumnus Mullah Zakir, although some reports have listed him among the recently captured.  Zakir’s second in command is another Guantanamo parolee, Mullah Abdul Raouf.

The more we learn about the alleged “differences” between the missions of the Pakistani and the US military, the more we learn that they may not be that far apart on many issues.  Most of the drama we have become accustomed to has been no more than political theater, designed to alter the opinions of the people of both America and Pakistan so that they would embrace the never-ending war of terror.

When you look closely at the conflict that has been generated in S. Waziristan and NWFP by the TTP terrorist strikes, it becomes apparent that that was all just more consensual drama, as well—all designed to deceive the people into allowing it to happen in Pakistan and allowing it to spread forth from there, like a plague upon all mankind.

peter.chamberlin@hotmail.com

 

The Real War –vs– The Illusions

By Peter Chamberlin

In the complicated calculus of the men who would plan our destinies for us, if we would only let them, it is often hard to fathom which line of reasoning represents their dominant thinking on any strategic subject.  In Afghanistan and in Pakistan, it is getting harder to distinguish between the minimum acceptable goals for the Empire and less-desirable, though ultimately acceptable conditions for ending the war.  In particular, thinking of the “pipeline wars” (which American corporations seem to be losing, badly), if America is projected to fail miserably in its plans for Central and South Asia, then what secondary objectives is the Empire preparing for the region?

Could it be possible that the rationale for the US terror war is falling apart so quickly since the big production in Abbottabad, that the secondary objective of playing spoiler for the winners in the energy war is replacing the primary mission of Central Asian energy-looting as America’s military solution for economic salvation?  The war itself is unsustainable, absent the collective will of the American people to wage this war without a valid reason, or foreseeable end, the 911 attacks having been replaced long ago with whatever excuse Obama wanted to use as justification.  On top of this, the bin Laden psyop is having the unintended consequence of undermining support for continuing the war and increasing the public uproar to find an end to this war that now has no adversary, in the absence of a terrorist mastermind.  It is slowly winding-down to total defeat for the United States, absent another earth-shattering unifying, “Pearl Harbor-like event” in the near future.  What will the American administration do to sustain this unpopular war?  How far will they go to keep the Afghan/Pakistan war going?

The NATO side is currently still pursuing a policy of faking negotiations with old acquaintances of Mullah Omar, like Tayyab Aga, allegedly discussing reconciliation efforts for harmless “Taliban” (those who are not veteran Taliban fighters).  These fighters are expected to turn-in their weapons for cash, even though the actual Taliban spokesmen for Mullah Omar insist that there will be no negotiations as long as occupation forces remain in Afghanistan.  The US has staked-out the position that those who fought against the coalition government cannot be “reconciled,” meaning that all those who have fought against the American occupation have no other choices but to keep fighting until they die in combat, or turn themselves in for arrest.  The Taliban still insist that there is nothing to talk about as long as the occupation continues.  Mullah Omar has issued hand-written warning notes to local mosques stating that those who negotiate with the Americans are marked for death. There is no room for compromise there for either side.  So what good will it do for US/British negotiators to talk to second or third level Taliban who have no sway with high command?  It is more than likely that all of this reconciliation talk is merely for public entertainment purposes, maintaining popular support for the war and Obama, by pretending that Obama is getting it right and peace may be just around the corner.

It is becoming clear to those who care to look for the truth about the war, that the US never intended to leave Afghanistan, it has always planned to use Afghanistan and Pakistan as a military beachhead into Central Asia (SEE: Neutral Afghanistan serves regional stability).  Every American

spokesperson who has publicly denied these now obvious facts, has been consciously lying to the world, in order to advance this mass deception as far as possible before the American people wake-up.  Researchers and analysts are breaking through the carefully constructed wall of American deception to understand just how cynically American leaders have manipulated Pakistan and India, playing them off against one another in a dangerous game of brinkmanship designed to serve only Imperial ends.

Indian and Pakistani writers have to dig deeper to understand the psyops that are still playing-out along the Durand Line.  They must ask:  How deep does the American deception go, or is everything about this war a deception?  Only then can it become apparent the defensive actions that each nation must take, perhaps in a united action against the Imperial designs.

Indian writer M K Bhadrakumar reports on American attempts to sideline both Afghan and Pakistani governments from any negotiations with the Afghan Taliban (SEE:  CIA instigating mutiny in the Pakistani army), in order to buy time to force an American compromise.  His article offers the following novel explanation of why American leaders would intentionally engineer a risky potential “colonel’s coup” to unseat Gen. Kayani:

“The only way is to set the army’s house on fire so that the generals get distracted by the fire-dousing and the massive repair work and housecleaning that they will be called upon to undertake as top priority for months if not years to come.”

In the opinion of this former Indian diplomat, Washington was actively destabilizing Islamabad, and it was endangering the entire region in order to do it.  A destabilized nuclear sub-continent has always been the implied result of these American machinations.  It is only logical to ask whether this has always been the plan, and for what conceivable reasons?  Did they really believe that they could force both Afghans and Pakistanis to follow orders that would harm their own countrymen, or that their plans would succeed even if they got everything that they wanted from them?  What could American leaders hope to get out of this planned conflagration that they probably could have achieved by less violent, more honorable means?  There is nothing “honorable” about this ongoing thirty-year war.  Our “upstanding” national leaders have always planned to use American military muscle to protect their great redistribution of wealth (the exact opposite of the Marxist concept, the rich get everything), as they looted, raped and plundered the entire world, even our allies.  It is only now, in the end game, when these things are being made clear to all who care to see.

The plan has always been to use American military muscle to create for themselves the power to dictate a political/military solution to the wars in Afghanistan and Pakistan, by sidelining all the valid neighborhood players, even the Afghan “straw man” government itself, much as it has already done for itself in Iraq.  They have even applied the same time-tested formula for destabilization which was used in Iraq, but without the same results.  The US is no more in position to dictate terms to Afghanistan today than it was ten years ago.  Unlike Iraq, where the “Anbar solution” of tribal militias was field-tested, there are no major differences between Afghans to exploit.  Iraq is nothing like Afghanistan or Pakistan.  Different solutions were required, even though Pentagon and CIA geniuses only knew the one song of divide and conquer.  That is why they have failed so miserably in the Far Eastern war theater.

Since they had only one song and dance routine, the CIA and their ISI counterparts have kept playing on the same theme, in their little war games, intended to hold the attention of  patriotic Americans and Pakistanis.  In Afghanistan, Western powers have manipulated the tribal and national differences by developing the Northern Alliance coalition of Hamid Karzai, which is mostly comprised of Uzbeks, Tajiks and Hazara Shia, as a counterfoil to mostly Pashtun Taliban forces.  The anti-Taliban coalition efforts of a massive nationwide propaganda effort, supplemented with an equally massive program of enormous pay-offs, backed-up by NATO firepower have failed to buy or intimidate loyalty from local warlords or join their forces to the Karzai/Northern Alliance government.

Since Karzai’s reelection, the Western media, politicians and generals have been steadily undermining the support Karzai did have, undercutting his efforts to create a High Peace Council, probably well on their way to grooming his replacement, someone like former Afghan spymaster, Amrullah Saleh, who is already a long-term CIA asset, besides being Karzai’s exact opposite.  Saleh is one of those selected individuals, unfortunate enough to be native to a CIA-targeted country, who was sent to America before 2001, for specialized training by the CIA.  As a top junior aid to legendary Northern Alliance leader Ahmad Shah Massoud, he was there in Takhar Province, serving as the CIA liason, when the “Lion of Panjshir” was assassinated on September 9, 2001.  He has been a favorite of the spooks since then, especially after the FBI forced him on Karzai as his new spy chief in Feb. 2004, coincidentally, just one month before Pakistani Taliban founder Abdullah Mehsud was released from two and one-half years at Guantanamo “brainwashing academy” into his custody as Afghan intelligence chief.  The story of the Tehreek e-Taliban Pakistan that he helped to inspire is a tale of grief and double-crossing.  They are the “poison” that was introduced into the Pakistani soil, which Saleh so colorfully described.

The Americans are hedging their bets in Afghanistan, like always, fronting two streams of the Afghan political spectrum at once.  The Karzai/Rabbani alliance is backing the reconciliation talks with the Taliban that could lead to the partitioning of Afghanistan, split between the Northern Alliance and the Taliban in control of the south, in order to facilitate pipeline and development plans for the north.  This is the State Dept. best solution.  This position is allegedly unacceptable to Northern Alliance candidate Saleh, who advocates carpet-bombing Pakistan and night-time Special Forces decapitation raids all the way from Balochistan to Bajaur.  His position is that there can never be victory in the war against the Taliban until their support lines to the Pak Army are cut.  He represents the most radical factions of the CIA, who advocate total war with Pakistan.

In order to dissuade the Pak Army from continuing to support the Afghan Taliban, the CIA master-plotters have created their own versions of “lashkars,” such as the fake Pakistani Taliban, to battle and terrorize the Army and the people of Pakistan.  Since 2003, Musharraf’s generals have been helping him and his successor Gen. Kayani, to revive the defeated Taliban movement as a substitute for concerted, decisive military action against the remnants of “al-Qaeda” and the Afghan Taliban leadership, who had all been allowed to regroup in Waziristan and Balochistan by both the ISI and the CIA.  They originally relocated there from northern Afghanistan in the infamous “Kunduz airlift,” where they were spared from certain annihilation at the hands of Uzbek Gen. Dostum and the Northern Alliance forces.  Once they were flown there, they began to reoccupy the old CIA/ISI training camps there which had formerly been vacated after they were used to drive-out the Soviets.  The IMU terrorists of Tahir Yuldeshev, who were brought across the border with Abdullah Mehsud in his instant army of fake Taliban (composed of Northern Alliance fighters), ran the camps and shared their military expertise with the new Taliban recruits being readied to keep the Afghan conflict going.

Abdullah brought his Uzbek and Chechen fighters to Wana, where they joined-up with Nek Mohammed.  This was long before the Pakistani Taliban began their waves of Pakistani terrorism, when they still had the trust of the real Afghan Taliban.  Because of his trust for new militant leader Baitullah Mehsud, as well as his initial distrust of Abdullah Mehsud, because of the Guantanamo years, Mullah Omar sent his hand-picked emissary, celebrated veteran commander Mullah Dadullah, to bless the Pakistani Taliban union and name Baitullah as its head.  Dadullah oversaw the effort in S. Waziristan, where he had been working closely with Nek Mohammed and his successors, Abdullah and Baitullah Mehsud to develop a formidable new Taliban army of 20,000 fighters or more, including a suicide-bomber academy.  After Dadullah shepherded the Waziri Accord peace treaty between the Pakistani Taliban and the Army on orders from Mullah Omar himself, Dadullah was also targeted for drone assassination, just like Nek before him (even though British Special Forces claim the kill).

Under the command of Baitullah, the Pakistani Taliban (now called Tehreek e-Taliban Pakistan, TTP) unleashed a wave of terror upon tribal leaders, government forces and the mosques of the unbelievers.  At first, this terror was blamed upon the IMU terrorists who had been given shelter by the Mehsud leadership, providing an opening for the Pak Army to introduce a counter-insurgency, in the form of aggressive tribal lashkars of their own.

Local Ahmadzai Wazir militant leader Maulvi Nazir created a lashkar army of 900 heavily armed men, who proceeded to run the IMU terrorists out of his territory around Wana, S. Waziristan.  The Army then began to replicate the lashkar-building process in other towns, hoping to enlist the tribals in a massive show of force to evict the “bad Taliban” and those labeled as “al-Qaeda” from Pakistan.  Nothing much came from the effort, except for a bunch of dead lashkar militiamen.

Needing a concrete strategy to counter US destabilization plans and demands for total war in the Tribal Regions, Pakistan has continued to sell the “good/bad Taliban” theme as a path to eventual “reconciliation,” putting distance between the two groups, so that heavy force could then be used to eliminate the criminal Taliban in successive operations.  But each time that Pakistan made a little headway, lashkar leaders would be eliminated in car-bomb attacks, or by the occasional Predator drone.

Beginning with the massive drone assault in Bajaur, on October 30, 2006, which killed 80 religious students, drone attacks have become the favorite weapon for radicalizing locals and driving them into the eager arms of the Taliban.  This is one of the reasons for believing that American leaders have always secretly supported the formation of militant armies, in order to have someone to fight and to provide valid-seeming reasons for prolonging the war.  Everything they do creates more resistance.

The complex CIA schemes have forced Pakistan to develop its own ISI counter-schemes as a matter of self-defense against American demands to wreck the country and force the Pakistani people into open rebellion against their elected government.  The ten-year deception in Pakistan has gone through many stages, fronted by many separate players, all of them having some stake in the Empire winning the contest. Today in Afghanistan we have an ongoing war, fueled by a series of major deceptions.  The more obvious it becomes that the war is being lost, the more the deceptions will fall apart.  At some point, the lies will fall apart faster than they can be reconstructed in a new form.

In Pakistan, we see at least ten times the number of major deceptions which we can see unwinding across the border.  I guess that this is what they mean by an “intelligence driven war.”  Every interested great power has a game at play now in Pakistan; every interested great power is double-gaming someone else, partners are being made to be cashed-in later, when it will bring the greatest advantage.  Pakistan’s military, the “Establishment” and every one of the many “mafias” (land mafia, gas mafia, etc.) have their own separate games going on, all of them game off each other.  Seeing daylight through this morass of webs of intrigue is almost an impossibility.  It is not surprising that the game-players are having such a difficult time controlling the eventual outcome of this soon to be exploding psychological warfare experiment.

American mind-benders have playing their usual games and inventing a few new ones in their careful efforts to destabilize Pakistan without really upsetting the apple cart, losing control of the situation.  It suits CIA and American military purposes to give the ISI enough rope to hang itself.  This explains why they seem to go along with Pakistan’s generals, even when they are obviously lying or playing games to avoid causing a rupture in relations.  In their international media campaign to embarrass the Pak Army and government, the media-masters are careful to go just so far in slandering them, but not far enough to force negative international reactions.  US leaders understand the close relationship between the ISI and certain militant groups, but, until recently never charged the Army with supporting militants in public.  Since open psychological war broke-out between the two sides in 2008 (SEE:  US/Pakistan Showdown/Throwdown July12), they have maintained a love/hate relationship, creating difficult circumstances for fulfilling contracts and such.  As far as the United States is concerned, Pakistan has a contractual obligation to help eliminate the “al-Qaeda” militants that the US and Pakistan have created together.

For these reasons, the CIA lets the ISI have its Lashkars and its “strategic depth” militants, preferring to seize the opportunity to use the controlled media to weave stories about the Wana battles into tales of “al-Qaeda,” the mythical international terrorist network. Beginning with the story about Mullah Nazir and his battle against the IMU terrorists of Abdullah and Baitullah Mehsud, CIA-sponsored Pakistani and Western reporters have invented stories of “good Taliban” turning against “al-Qaeda.”  (The most reliable of these al-Qaeda story creators was Asia Times reporter Syed Saleem Shazad, the author of the Al-Qaeda/Taliban split story.  Syed worked tirelessly, over several years to weave a tapestry out of whole cloth about the “al-Qaeda” monolith that stood astride the Durand Line, threatening the entire world with “Islamist terrorism.”).

Since its inception, the concept of “good Taliban vs bad Taliban has been fully implemented by both sides, although neither side could agree on whether the “bad Taliban” were those who attacked only Pakistan, or those who attacked only Afghan coalition targets.  It seems that most of the time, there has been no Taliban who attacked both sides, except when the Pak Army gave in to American demands and turned its guns upon its friends.  By cultivating peace treaties and non-aggression agreements with individual tribal groups, Pakistan had developed an equilibrium with the militants, and for short intervals, terror attacks seemed to have almost come to an end—until the Predator assassination campaign began, ultimately destroying any trust, driving tribal fighters by the thousands into the arms of the Taliban.

American drones have consistently targeted those militant leaders and outfits that the Pak Army has chosen to protect under the wing of its “strategic depth” concept.  Both militant and lashkar leaders have fallen prey to drone missiles—the majority of them friends of the Army.  The CIA has intensified the drone attacks as the administration upped the ante, demanding more and more that Pakistan dare not give, since national suicide is out of the question.

The big question then becomes then:  Is Obama willing to accept a partial non-Haqqani offensive against the TTP, the mad dog killers of Col. Imam and Khalid Khawaja, in N. Waziristan, in place of an anti-Haqqani offensive?  Of all the militant groups, the criminal gangs who have attached themselves to the psychopathic killer Hakeemullah Mehsud, heir to all that Baitullah stood for, are by far the most dangerous.  The only explanation for such a grouping of monsters who have never attacked American or NATO troops, is that they consider them to be allies, or at least employers.  If the US would support the elimination of these killers first, as a favor to our struggling ally, then perhaps Pakistan’s influence upon such “Taliban” as Haqqani can help bring the Afghan war to a resolution, if that is what Obama really wants.

If events follow the time-tested patterns of previous Pakistani offensives, then an operation in N. Waziristan would mean another flushing of refugees onto the roadways  and trails of neighboring provinces (overwhelming limited social services wherever they come to rest, Pakistan already has more refugees than any other country).  This will once again demonstrate Pakistan’s basic inability to carry-out the total war actions that the US is demanding from them.  Pakistan doesn’t have either the manpower or the equipment needed to meet national disasters (just like most other nations), nor the capabilities required to eliminate an entrenched heavily armed insurgency.  Will Obama accept this excuse for doing half of what he has demanded, just as Bush eventually did in the past?

The basis of the new great Show seems to be the “Waziristan Accords,” agreements between the Army and the Ahmadzai Wazirs of Mullah Nazir of the South and Uthmanzai Waziris in the North, led by Gul Bahadur.  The agreement allegedly binds the tribes to police their own areas against Mehsuds or foreign terrorists.  The antecedent to this Wazir option is the creation of multiple lashkars amongst the other tribes, even among the Mehsuds, if that is possible, considering the fate of the previous anti-Mehsud Mehsud leader, Qari Zainuddin Mehsud, that might prove to be impossible.

Pak plans to rope in tribals to take on al-Qaeda, according to the Indian press.  If the plan really is to rebrand the Tehreek e-Taliban Pakistan as the new “al-Qaeda,” as the IMU Uzbeks once were, then this might put Pakistan’s generals and American generals on the same page.  Once the offensive actually gets underway it will become obvious exactly who is on what page.  Until then, we will have to get by on the delicious clues given us in Pakistan news leaks, or the latest militant attacks, to try to understand the mindset of the generals on both sides, who continue to run the show.

In light of recent events in S. Waziristan that are described below, it is possible to project the shape of the upcoming offensive: The Army goes after Hakeemullah Mehsud and the foreign terrorists under his protection, demanding from Haqqani lieutenant and local Wazir tribal leader Gul Bahadar that he fulfill his treaty commitments under the Waziristan Accords and actively suppress foreign terrorists, as well as the criminal Mehsuds, if they violate his territory, thus limiting the operating range of fleeing TTP militants (SEE:  Pakistan Using Wazir Tribe of Mullah Nazir to Set-Up Next Psyop):

“The alleged 2007 agreement referred to in [that] report, between Nazir and the govt., allows the Army to wash its hands of the Wana region, making the tribes responsible for keeping-out Uzbeks, Mehsuds, Al-Qaeda and other foreign militants, an impossible task for the outgunned tribes.”

But this plan too, is being undermined by the government leaks that “telegraph” their next moves to the militants, raising lashkars for what is coming next, giving their friends there plenty of time to either prepare or relocate.  It might be that the Army telegraphing its next moves gives Hakeemullah the same opportunity to flee the area before the battle, that it gives to Haqqani.  It is here where the Army will rely upon the new Kurram Treaty to bring Haqqani into action against Hakeemullah in Kurram and perhaps in Hangu, Hakeemullah’s home turf, as well.  We are already seeing an impending confrontation between the two groups over continued TTP attacks upon Shia, in spite of having signed the truce, thus endangering the fragile peace (SEE:  Kurram Agency: Haqqani warns Hakimullah not to ‘sabotage’ peace deal):

“Things have now reached a very awkward point … Haqqani has said some very strong words to Hakimullah: ‘Stop it yourself or my men will make you stop it’.”

It may be that Haqqani also has a personal grudge to settle with Mehsud, over the murder of Col. Imam and Khalid Khawaja, who was highly respected by his father Jalaluddin and by all Afghan Taliban, since Mehsud refused to spare the old jihadi teacher’s life.  If that is the case, then he may be more than willing to help-out the ISI clean-up the mess.

The timing of the events around Col. Tarar’s kidnapping and murder nearly one year later, help to confirm the “rogue” out of control status of Hakeemullah Mehsud, when compared to the Haqqanis.  Ignoring all Haqqani, ISI, or Afghan Taliban pleas, Hakeemullah Mehsud gave the order to kill Col. Imam, which can be seen on YouTube.

(SEE:  Taliban release video of killing of Col Imam).

Vodpod videos no longer available.

Taliban release video of killing of Col Imam, posted with vodpod

His body was then dumped in the Danday Darpakhel area of Miramshah on January 23, 2011.  This was clearly intended to serve as a challenge to Haqqani’s authority.  On Jan. 27, CIA agent Raymond Davis shot two ISI agents dead in Lahore.  The Haqqani-backed Kurram peace deal between the Turi tribe and Shia was struck ten days later, on February 3.

On Feb.7, 2010, top Taliban leaders were placed under protective custody (or arrest) in Pakistan, beginning with Taliban number two, Mullah Abdul Ghani Baradar.  As far as can be ascertained, the Mullahs were arrested to stop the previous attempt to initiate secret American/Taliban negotiations—that time they were with Mullah Omar’s actual second in command.

On 2/26/2010, Khalid Khwaja petitioned the Lahore High Court to block US efforts to have the arrested Taliban extradited to Afghanistan and into US custody.

One month later, 03/25/2010, former ISI agent Khwaja was abducted, along with Col. Imam and the British journalist Asad Qureshi, in North Waziristan.  They were allegedly in Waziristan at the insistence of retired generals Beg and Gul, trying to interview Sirajuddin Haqqani and Wali-ur Rahman Mehsud.

The Asian Tiger organization… offered to release them in exchange for three important Afghan Taliban figures — Mulla Abdul Ghani Biradar, Mulla Abdul Kabir and Mansoor Dadullah — presently ‘in the custody of the Pakistan government’. The group didn’t even know that Kabir wasn’t, in fact, in detention in Pakistan.”

Khalid  Khwaja was found dead in Miranshah on April 30, 2010.  Qureshi was ransomed.

The Murder of Col Imam was a turning point for several parties, in many areas of their relationships. The fact that Hakeemullah ignored pleas from fellow Islamist Sirahuddin Haqqani, as well as the ISI, confirms the split between the Pakistani Taliban group and the ISI-supported Afghan Taliban.  Hakeemullah Mehsud and his TTP followers, especially the IMU Uzbeks and the just as radical Punjabi recruits of the Lashkar e-Jhangvi are a criminal/terrorist menace and must be eliminated from Pakistan.  The US military has no intention of helping the Pak Army with this formidable task, such as focusing drone attacks first upon this criminal network, even though it would be a simple task, even considered as an obligation to help an ally and old friend.  The American military is only interested in those fighters in Pakistan who wage war on NATO, not those who choose to fight against Pakistan.  Reciprocity might be the better choice over issuing demands and making ultimatums to Pakistan’s generals.

Col Imam was a bitter critic of the United States which, he said, had left the Afghan mujahideen in the lurch after the defeat of the Soviet forces in the late 1980s.  The CIA hated Imam and the Pakistani Taliban hated him.  When he went to N. Waziristan he was carrying a list of 14 Taliban leaders who worked for India and probably the US.  That list ended-up in Hakeemullah’s hands.  His name was alleged at the top of the list.  Perhaps that was why he had to die.

From the Pakistani press comes the claim that Col. Imam and Khalid Khawaja may have been killed by Ilyas Kashmiri, as revenge for his being tortured by the Army in 2003 for trying to kill Musharraf.  Other elements of the national press claim that the pair were killed for calling the Afghan Taliban mujahedeen and the Pakistani Taliban criminals.

If that was the case then it would justify Pakistan setting Kashmiri up for a drone kill in Wana on June 3.  Unlike the surreptitious drone whacking of Baitullah Mehsud (where ISI allegedly tricked the CIA into striking Baitullah), it appears that a potential joint effort to get Kashmiri may have been conceivable, considering Headley’s testimony about Kashmiri’s connections to the Mumbai attack, made Ilyas Kashmiri an embarrassment for both sides.  Like always, in this tortuously slow dance between Pakistani and American leaders, that has been grinding-on for decades now, at times it is impossible to tell whether the two sides are in almost perfect step with each other, whether they are hopelessly out of sync, or even at times, whether they are moving at all.  Judging by today’s deadly drone strike on Haqqani forces in Kurram, it seems like they might be at odds with each others plans.  Recent reports have revealed that the US is attempting to draw Ibrahim Haqqani into negotiations, even though US drones continue to strike Haqqani targets in Kurram Agency.

Can the Obama team accept Pakistan’s revised game plan and spin it in an effective manner, so that it will fool the yokels back home, even after all the yelling that they have done over North Waziristan?  Or is the great game suddenly no longer about maintaining the illusion?  Has the American/NATO position deteriorated so far down that they must force a “game-changer” upon us all?  Have run up against so many walls that we have given-up entirely upon the American vision for Afghanistan and Pakistan as the new international strategic corridor, the new “Silk Road” to Central Asia?  Is the new intent to simply so destabilize the region that no one else can reap the economic rewards?

There are many good questions here that no one wants to touch, or to see answered.  The questions will answer themselves in short order, whenever it becomes apparent whether Obama opts for Pakistan’s pacification or for its destabilization.  Will he maintain and escalate the state of confrontation until it leads to widespread violence between two old allies, or will he choose to calm things down in Pakistan, even as he risks revealing the American hand and long-term plans for moving into Central Asia?

Perhaps the most important part of this whole new (recycled) psyop is that the Tehreek e-Taliban Pakistan will now play the role of “Al-Qaeda” (SEE:  The CIA/ISI Soap Opera In South Waziristan) for the remainder of this drama.

peter.chamberlin@hotmail.com

 

When Epsilon/Lambda Variants Arrive Vaccinations May No Longer Matter

Virus Outbreak China

Early lab studies have shown that the Epsilon and Lambda variants have developed a resistance to vaccines. (Chinatopix via AP)AP

The Epsilon and Lambda variants of COVID-19 are “variants of interest,” according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), and early studies show they have developed a resistance to vaccines.

Japanese researchers found the Lambda variant, which was initially discovered in Peru and is now spreading throughout South America, is highly transmissible and more resistant to vaccines than the initial COVID-19 strain.

The researchers warned in a paper posted July 28 that has yet to be peer reviewed that Lambda’s label as a “variant of interest” instead of a “variant of concern” might downplay the growing threat of the strain.

Meanwhile, the Epsilon variant that was initially discovered in California in 2020 is spreading in Pakistan and is proving to be resistant to vaccines, according to researchers.

Health authorities issued an alert after they discovered five cases of the Epsilon variant in Lahore, Pakistan. Medical experts there believe the vaccine-resistant strain is putting vaccinated people as well as unvaccinated people at risk, adding that the strain is just as transmissible as the Delta variant.

Despite these early studies, previous studies have shown vaccines, including those available in the United States, work against “variants of concern,” such as the Delta variant. The vaccines also prevent serious illness, hospitalization and death in most breakthrough cases where a fully vaccinated person tests positive for the coronavirus.

For example, a U.K. study published in May showed two doses of the Pfizer vaccine were 88% effective at preventing against symptomatic infection of the Delta variant and 96% effective against preventing hospitalization.

Katherine Rodriguez can be reached at krodriguez@njadvancemedia.com. Have a tip? Tell us at nj.com/tips.

Here’s all the proof Biden needs to conclude COVID-19 was leaked from a lab

Here’s all the proof Biden needs to conclude COVID-19 was leaked from a lab

This curious effort to lower expectations comes as our spy agencies are halfway through the 90-day review that Joe Biden loudly and publicly “ordered” them to conduct back on May 26.

May 26 was, as it happens, the very same day we learned that, a few weeks earlier, Biden had secretly canceled an investigation launched by the Trump administration into exactly the same question.

Damage control? You may draw your own conclusions.

In announcing the probe, the present occupant of the Oval Office tried to frame the “origins” issue by claiming that the virus “either emerged from human contact with an infected animal or from a laboratory accident.”

President Joe Biden
President Joe Biden ordered US spy agencies in May to do a 90-day investigation into whether COVID-19 was released by a Chinese lab.Shawn Thew/UPI

Wrong, and wrong again. It wasn’t an innocent bat or a lab “accident” that produced the deadly virus, but highly classified gain-of-function research carried out under the direction of the Chinese People’s Liberation Army (PLA). The only thing that remains a mystery is how it made its way out of the lab. I was among the first to question China’s original cover story — that someone had gotten a bad bowl of bat soup in something called the Wuhan Wet Market — in my Post article of February 22, 2020.

In my article, “Don’t buy China’s story: The coronavirus may have leaked from a lab,” I marshaled several plausible pieces of evidence — all of which pointed to the lab:

Wuhan Institute of Virology
Scientists working at the Wuhan Institute of Virology.
Barcroft Media via Getty Images

  • China had only one Level 4 lab that can “handle deadly coronaviruses,” and that lab just happened to be located in Wuhan at the very “epicenter of the epidemic.”
  • Underlining China’s shoddy lab-safety record, Xi Jinping himself had, in the early days of the crisis, warned about “lab safety” as a national-security priority.
  • Following Xi’s guidance, “the Chinese Ministry of Science and Technology released a new directive titled: ‘Instructions on strengthening biosecurity management in ­microbiology labs that handle advanced viruses like the novel coronavirus.’ ”
  • As soon as the outbreak began, China’s military was put in charge, with the PLA’s top biowar expert, General Chen Wei, dispatched to Wuhan to deal with it.

Even at the time there was other evidence available, which likewise pointed to the lab — and to the PLA’s involvement:

  • The authorities ordered all of the early samples of the coronavirus collected by private and university labs in China — vital for tracing the origin and early spread of the disease — to be destroyed.
  • China’s civilian Center for Disease Control was completely shut out of the picture in favor of the PLA, suggesting a classified military program was involved.
  • Military academies and installations in and around Wuhan were closed around January 1, well before the Chinese public was notified that there was a problem.
  • China lied about human-to-human transmission, leaving the US and other countries unprepared for the rapid spread of the virus, ensuring that more lives would be lost.

The evidence was circumstantial, to be sure, but I was fairly certain by that point that I could have convinced a jury of China’s culpability. Even so, while I waited for more facts to surface, I was careful to call the “lab origin” just a possibility.

Facebook, however, didn’t wait. It quickly moved to suppress the column as “False Information,” refusing to unblock it until April 17. The mainstream media likewise piled on, slamming The Post for publishing the writings of a “conspiracy theorist.” Others who raised questions about the pandemic’s origins were heavily censored as well — if not “canceled” entirely.

 Security personnel keep watch outside the Wuhan Institute of Virology.
Security personnel keep watch outside the Wuhan Institute of Virology.
Thomas Peter/REUTERS

China locked down the Wuhan lab, and the US virology establishment closed ranks, both denying that gain-of-function research — or a PLA bioweapons research program — had anything to do with the pandemic.

It has taken over a year, but the attempted cover-ups on both sides of the Pacific have gradually unraveled.

During that time China has burned through a half-dozen increasingly implausible cover stories. After the collapse of the Wuhan Wet Market fable, China tried to pin the blame on a wild succession of animals — bats and pangolins and raccoon-dogs, oh my! — for harboring the virus. We seem now to be back to bats, and are being told that many years ago, in a cave far away from the Wuhan lab, minors fell ill from being peed upon, pooped upon, and even bitten by those same nasty, virus-harboring creatures.

But the wildest tale by far being bandied about by the Chinese authorities is that CoV-2 was a US bioweapon, created in the U. Army’s research labs in Fort Detrick, Maryland. As to how the “American Virus” — as they unabashedly call it — got to China, they have an answer for that too: it was secretly released on the unsuspecting Chinese population of Wuhan by the American soldier-athletes who participated in the October 2019 Military World Games in that city.

Biological science specialists, background, wear biosafety protective clothing for handling viral diseases at U.S. Army Medical Research and Development Command at Fort Detrick in Frederick, Md.
Biological science specialists, background, wear biosafety protective clothing for handling viral diseases at US Army Medical Research and Development Command at Fort Detrick in Frederick, Maryland.
Andrew Harnik/AP

Who makes up such bat-sh*t crazy stories about secret bioweapons and superspreading soldiers? The same people, it seems, whose fever dream for decades has been to do exactly the same thing. There are numerous scientific publications that prove Chinese labs were engaged in dangerous gain-of-function research, along with new evidence that these techniques were being used in an active bioweapons program that included the Wuhan lab. As China defector Dr. Yan Limeng has taught us, the PLA itself isolated the original bat coronavirus that served as the “backbone” or “template” for CoV-2. Additional genetic material was then spliced into this virus to make it more infectious and deadly to humans. This is not speculation.

Those doing the splicing left “signatures” behind in the genome itself. To boost a virus’ lethality, for example, those doing gain-of-function research customarily insert a snippet of RNA that codes for two arginine amino acids. This snippet — called double CGG — has never been found in any other coronaviruses, but is present in CoV-2. Besides this damning evidence, there are other indications of tampering as well.

The dwindling ranks of lab “deniers” continue to insist that the vast laboratory of nature is capable of infinite surprises. Of course that’s true. And it’s also true that if you have enough monkeys typing the four DNA bases A, C, G, and T on enough computer keyboards they will eventually produce a complete and accurate copy of the human genome, which is 6.4 billion such bases long. But what are the odds?

And what are the odds that the virus passed naturally from animals to humans?

Volunteers in protective suits disinfect a factory with sanitizing equipment, as the country is hit by an outbreak of the novel coronavirus, in Huzhou, Zhejiang province, China February 18, 2020.
Volunteers in protective suits disinfect a factory with sanitizing equipment in China on Feb. 18, 2020.
China Daily via REUTERS

Dr. David Asher, who headed the now-canceled State Department investigation, put that very question to a biostatistician, and was told that the odds were roughly … 1 in 13 billion. In the face of that vanishingly small probability, Asher remarked, “to say this came out of a zoonotic situation is sort of ridiculous.”

What we do know, as former Deputy National Security Advisor (DNSA) Mathew Pottinger pointed out in a February interview, is that the PLA had been “doing secret classified animal experiments in that same laboratory [Wuhan Institute of Virology]” as early as 2017. While the Wuhan lab poses as a “civilian institution,” Pottinger said, US intelligence has determined that the lab has collaborated with China’s military on publications and secret bioweapons projects.

That’s David Asher’s opinion as well. “The Wuhan Institute of Virology is not the National Institute of Health,” he says. “It was operating a secret, classified program. In my view, and I’m just one person, my view is it was a biological weapons program.”

Dr. David Asher
Dr. David Asher believes the Wuhan Institute of Virology was running a biological weapons program.
Rod Lamkey/CNP

A Chinese book that recently fell into the hands of the Australian Strategic Policy Institute (ASPI) further confirms that Chinese military scientists have been focused on what they called the “new era of genetic weapons” since at least 2015. They begin by asserting that World War III would be fought with biological weapons, and go on to describe how viruses can be collected from nature and “artificially manipulated into an emerging human disease virus, then weaponized and unleashed.”

Sound familiar?

In fact, the scientists even singled out coronaviruses as a class of viruses that can be readily weaponized, and they suggest that the ideal candidate for a bioweapon would be something like the coronavirus that causes Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome, or SARS. It is worth noting that the virus that causes COVID-19 is a type of SARS virus, which is why the World Health Organization insists that we call it SARS-CoV-2. As in, the “second” SARS virus.

Peter Jennings, the executive director of ASPI, said the new document “clearly shows that Chinese scientists were thinking about military application for different strains of the coronavirus and thinking about how it could be deployed. It begins to firm up the possibility that what we have here is the accidental release of a pathogen for military use.”

Wuhan Huanan Wholesale Seafood Market before its closure in Hankou, Wuhan city, central China's Hubei province, 31 December 2019.
After the collapse of the Wuhan Wet Market fable, China tried to pin the blame on a wild succession of animals — bats and pangolin.
Alamy

The document, he went on to say, is the closest thing to a “smoking gun as we’ve got.”

Is it really that surprising that the same murderous regime that has brought us forced abortion and sterilization, forced organ harvesting, and genocide in real time would also be developing deadly bioweapons to release upon the world?

China had both the intention and the capability to take a harmless bat virus, turn it into a deadly pathogen, and then release it upon the world. And the evidence suggests that it did just that.

More than half of all Americans — including 59 percent of Republicans and 52 percent of Democrats — now believe the virus was made in a lab and released either accidentally or intentionally. Indeed, there has been a massive hardening of public opinion against the communist giant across the board, with 89 percent of adults now seeing the country as hostile or dangerous.

By killing 600,000 Americans, China has proven that it is both.

But whether the Biden administration makes China pay for its crimes is another question.

Steven W. Mosher is the author of the forthcoming “Politically Incorrect Guide to Pandemics” (Regnery Press).

Australia May Punish “Reckless” Mass Protests By Extending Lockdown

Australians may face longer lockdown after “reckless” mass protests

FILE PHOTO: A COVID-19 lockdown remains in place as outbreak of new cases affects Sydney

MELBOURNE (Reuters) -Australia’s New South Wales logged its second-highest daily increase of the year in locally acquired COVID-19 cases on Sunday amid fears of a wave of new infections after thousands of people joined an anti-lockdown protest.

“In relation to yesterday’s protests, can I say how absolutely disgusted I was. It broke my heart,” Gladys Berejiklian, the premier of the country’s most populous state, told reporters.

“I hope it won’t be a setback, but it could be,” she said.

There were 141 COVID-19 cases reported, down from 163 a day earlier. The outbreak, which began in June, is being driven by the highly contagious Delta variant of the virus, and has now infected 2,081 people in New South Wales. There are 43 people in intensive care, up from 37 a day earlier.

Under fire for a slow vaccine rollout, Prime Minister Scott Morrison said more vaccine supply was not going to ensure New South Wales gets out of lockdown, but what was needed was an effective, properly enforced lockdown.

“Let me be clear – there’s not an alternative to the lockdown in New South Wales to get this under control. There is no other magic bullet that’s going to do that,” Morrison told reporters at a televised media conference.

He called the anti-lockdown protests in Sydney reckless and self-defeating.

While Berejiklian and other state leaders have blamed Canberra for the slow vaccine rollout, critics have said NSW did not enforce its stay-at-home orders, which has led to Delta variant leaks to other states.

At least 38 of the new cases in NSW had spent time in the community while infectious, state health authorities said. Numbers of such cases have stayed stubbornly high even after four weeks of lockdown in Sydney, now expected to be extended beyond July 30.

The state reported two deaths overnight, including a woman in her 30s with no pre-existing conditions.

Despite its struggle with spikes of infections, Australia has managed to keep its epidemic largely under control with a total of about 32,600 cases and 918 deaths.

To help speed up vaccinations in Sydney, the government’s official adviser, the Australian Technical Advisory Group on Immunisation (ATAGI), on Saturday changed its advice on the AstraZeneca vaccine, urging anyone in the city under the age of 60 to strongly consider getting vaccinated with it.

ATAGI had previously advised against the AstraZeneca vaccine for people under 60 due to concerns about blood clots.

“In the context of the current risk of COVID-19 in NSW and with the ongoing constraints on Comirnaty (Pfizer) vaccine supplies, all adults in greater Sydney should strongly consider the benefits of earlier protection with COVID-19 Vaccine AstraZeneca rather than waiting for alternative vaccines,” ATAGI said in a statement.

Morrison said on Sunday the government has secured an additional 85 million doses of the Pfizer vaccine, but they will only be delivered in 2022 and 2023.

“To have those booster shots pre-ordered means we can go into 2022 with confidence,” he said.

Australia’s Victoria state reported 11 locally acquired COVID-19 cases on Sunday, down from 12 a day earlier, raising hopes the state will end a hard lockdown imposed 10 days ago.

State Premier Daniel Andrews said it was too early to say whether restrictions will be eased on Tuesday, but: “At this stage, though, things are going well.”

All of the cases were linked to the current outbreak clusters and all of them were in isolation throughout their infectious period, the state’s health department said.

South Australia reported three new cases on Sunday.

(Reporting by Sonali Paul; Editing by Edwina Gibbs and Christian Schmollinger)

Fauci Video on Lifting Gain of Function

NIAID Advisory Council Meeting Jan. 2018 – Fauci on Lifting Gain of Function Pause ATTN: Rand Paul

Rand Paul has accused Dr. Anthony Fauci of lying in their latest back-and-forth about the...
Rand Paul has accused Dr. Anthony Fauci of lying in their latest back-and-forth about the coronavirus.(WAVE 3 News)
 

LOUISVILLE, Ky. (WAVE) – Rand Paul and Dr. Anthony Fauci are at it again.

Following Tuesday’s heated exchange during a Senate hearing over the origin of the coronavirus, Paul, the Republican U.S. senator from Kentucky, took his gripe onto FOX’s “Hannity” program with host Sean Hannity.

“I will be sending a letter to Department of Justice asking for a criminal referral because he has lied to Congress,” Paul told Hannity on the show Tuesday night. “We have scientists that were lined up by the dozens to say that the research he was funding was gain-of-function,” the practice of enhancing a virus in a lab to study its potential impact in the real world, according to the Associated Press.

The AP reported Tuesday that Fauci denied Paul’s accusations that Fauci is lying, and turned the claims around on the senator.

“I have not lied before Congress,” Fauci said. “I have never lied. Certainly not before Congress. Case closed … Senator Paul, you do not know what you’re talking about, quite frankly. And I want to say that officially. You do not know what you’re talking about.”

Paul said Fauci was “dancing around” the meaning of gain-of-function research in order to “obscure responsibility for 4 million people dying around the world from a pandemic,” but added that he wasn’t trying to lay all the blame on Fauci, according to an article on foxnews.com.

Texas Democrat Rebels Show Republicans Next Stage In Political War

Inspired by Texas Dems, Lindsey Graham urges Republicans to ‘leave town’ to stop $3.5 trillion budget package

Texas Democrats pledge not to return from D.C. until August

What’s in the $3.5 Trillion Infrastructure Agreement?

” The…$3.5 trillion Budget Committee agreement is expected to focus more on human infrastructure programs that expand Medicare funding and coverage, support affordable childcare and free college education initiatives, and create pathways for employment, as well as transform the country’s energy system to address climate change needs.”

Lindsey Graham threatens to deny quorum to prevent amnesty in infrastructure bill

‘The dumbest idea in all of Washington would be to grant amnesty in an infrastructure bill without first securing the border’

Democrats are pushing to include amnesty for illegal immigrants as part of $3.5 trillion infrastructure spending but Sen. Lindsey Graham, R-S.C., told “Hannity” on Tuesday he won’t let the “dumbest idea” in Washington happen.

SEN. GRAHAM: If you have policies that incentivize illegal immigration, you’ll get more of it. If it’s policies that deter illegal immigration, you’ll get less. The dumbest idea in all of Washington would be to grant amnesty in an infrastructure bill without first securing the border. You would have an invasion beyond what you have today. If we legalized 100,000 people or a million people in the infrastructure bill, there would be a run on our border because everybody would get the message: They’re legalizing people in America. Let’s go and let’s go now. You have to secure the border before you grant one person legal status. If you don’t, you will lose control of America, of our sovereignty.

If they put amnesty into a $3.5 trillion infrastructure bill — that’s got nothing to do with infrastructure, it’s big government, higher taxes — but if they put amnesty in that bill, I would try to deny them a quorum to pass that bill… To my Republican colleagues, what are we going to do if they load up the $3.5 trillion, really $5 trillion infrastructure bill with mail-in voting and with amnesty? What is our response? If you don’t like my idea, come up with one of your own. If we don’t fight back as hard as we can, they’re destroying the Senate as I speak. They’re going to lead to an illegal immigrant invasion like we’ve never seen in the history of the country. So my idea is do anything and everything possible to stop this before it happens. Let the Democrats know that if you put legalizing illegal immigrants in the reconciliation bill, then we as Republicans will use everything available to us, including denying your quorum.